1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19636 58496))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19658
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19636 58496))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
347 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19636 58496))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
455 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
464 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
526 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19636 58496))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19636 58496))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19636 58496))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19636 58496))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19636 58496))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
923 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
924 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
925 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
927 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
929 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
930 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
934 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
935 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
936 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
937 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
938 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
939 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
940 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
942 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
944 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
945 appointment package (if it is not already active).
949 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
950 Toggle checking of appointments.
951 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
952 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
958 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
959 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
960 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19636 58496))
961 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
963 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
964 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
965 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
966 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
968 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
969 kind of objects to search.
971 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
973 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
974 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
975 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
976 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
977 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
978 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
980 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
983 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
985 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
987 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
988 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
989 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
990 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
991 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
992 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
994 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
995 noninteractive functions.
997 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
998 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1000 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1001 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1003 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1005 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1006 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1008 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1010 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1011 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1012 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1013 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1021 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1023 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1025 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1027 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1028 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1029 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1030 thus be found in `load-history'.
1034 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1035 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1036 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1037 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1038 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1039 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1041 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1042 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1043 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1045 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1047 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1048 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1049 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1050 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1051 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1052 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1055 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1057 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1063 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19636
1065 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1067 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1068 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1069 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1070 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1071 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1072 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1074 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1075 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1078 \\{archive-mode-map}
1080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1084 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19636 58496))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1087 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1088 Major mode for editing arrays.
1090 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1091 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1092 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1094 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1096 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1097 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1098 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1100 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1101 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1102 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1103 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1106 Variables you assign:
1107 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1108 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1109 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1110 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1111 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1112 row numbers in the buffer.
1114 Variables which are calculated:
1115 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1116 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1118 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1119 take a numeric prefix argument):
1121 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1122 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1123 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1124 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1126 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1127 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1128 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1129 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1131 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1132 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1133 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1134 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1136 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1137 between that of point and mark.
1139 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1140 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1142 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1143 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1144 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1145 newlines inside rows)
1147 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1149 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19636
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1159 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1161 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1162 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1163 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1165 How to quit Artist mode
1167 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1170 How to submit a bug report
1172 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1175 Drawing with the mouse:
1178 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1179 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1183 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1186 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1202 --------------------------------------------------------------
1203 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1207 --------------------------------------------------------------
1208 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1211 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1215 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1220 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1221 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1222 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1223 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1226 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1227 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1228 overwrite means the opposite.
1230 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1231 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1232 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1234 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1236 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1237 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1239 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1240 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1241 are currently drawing something.
1243 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1247 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1248 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1253 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1255 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1257 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1259 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1261 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1262 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1264 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1269 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1270 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1271 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1272 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1273 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1274 When pasting: Pastes
1276 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1278 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1280 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1281 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1282 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1283 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1284 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1285 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1290 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1291 of the line/poly-line
1293 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1294 of the line/poly-line
1299 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1301 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1305 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1306 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1307 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1308 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1309 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1310 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1311 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1312 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1313 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1314 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1317 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1318 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1319 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1320 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1325 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1326 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1328 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1329 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1330 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1331 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1332 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1333 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1334 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1335 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1336 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1337 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1338 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1339 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1340 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1341 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1342 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1343 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1344 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1345 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1346 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1350 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1351 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1358 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1362 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19636
1364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1366 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1367 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1368 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1370 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1371 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1372 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1373 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1375 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1376 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1378 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1379 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1381 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1390 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1391 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1392 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1394 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1395 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1396 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1398 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1400 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1401 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1402 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1403 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1404 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1405 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1406 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1407 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1408 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1409 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1412 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1413 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1414 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1415 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1416 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1418 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1422 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1423 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1424 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1427 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1429 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1431 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1432 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1433 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1434 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1435 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1436 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1438 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1444 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1445 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1448 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1449 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1456 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19636 58496))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1459 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1460 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1461 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1465 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1466 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1467 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1468 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1470 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1472 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1473 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1474 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1477 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1479 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1481 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1482 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1483 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1484 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1486 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1487 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1493 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1494 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1495 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1498 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1500 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1502 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1503 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1504 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1505 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1506 save the buffer too.
1508 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1510 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1512 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1513 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1514 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1515 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1516 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1517 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1519 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1520 directory or directories specified.
1522 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1524 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1525 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1526 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1532 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1533 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1534 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19636 58496))
1535 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1537 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1538 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1540 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1541 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1542 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1543 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1544 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1548 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1549 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1551 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1552 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1556 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1557 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1558 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1560 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1561 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1562 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1563 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1564 reflected in the current buffer.
1566 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1567 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1568 writing before you save the file!
1570 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1582 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1583 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1584 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1587 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1589 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1591 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1592 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1593 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1594 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1596 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1597 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1598 to revert a particular buffer.
1600 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1601 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1602 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1603 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1604 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1606 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1607 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1608 specifies in the mode line.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1615 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19636 58496))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1618 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1619 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1620 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1622 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1624 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1626 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1627 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1628 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1629 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1631 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1632 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1633 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1635 Effects of the different modes:
1636 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1637 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1638 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1639 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1640 a random distance & direction.
1641 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1642 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1643 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1645 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1647 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1648 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1649 definition of \"random distance\".)
1651 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1656 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1658 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1660 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1661 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1662 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1663 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1667 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1668 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1669 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1672 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1674 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1676 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1677 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1678 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1679 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1680 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1687 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1688 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19636 58496))
1689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1691 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1692 Time execution of FORMS.
1693 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1694 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1696 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1697 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1698 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1700 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1702 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1703 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1704 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1705 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1706 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1708 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1710 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1711 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1712 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1713 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1714 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1716 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1721 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19658 61388))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1724 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1725 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1726 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1727 of corresponding buffers.
1728 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1729 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1730 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1731 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1732 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1733 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1735 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1737 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1738 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1740 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1742 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1743 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1744 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1745 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1747 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1748 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1749 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1750 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1751 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1753 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1754 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1757 Special information:
1759 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1761 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1762 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1763 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1764 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1765 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1766 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1767 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1769 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1770 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1771 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1773 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1774 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1775 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1776 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1777 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1778 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1779 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1780 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1782 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1784 ----------------------------------------------------------
1785 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1786 if that value is non-nil.
1792 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1793 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1794 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1795 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1796 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1797 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1798 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1799 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1800 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1801 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1803 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1807 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1808 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1810 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode
))
1812 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1813 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1820 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1821 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
1822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1824 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1826 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1828 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1830 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1832 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1833 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1835 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1837 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1838 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1840 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19636
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1848 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1850 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1854 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1855 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1856 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1857 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1858 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1863 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1864 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1867 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1870 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1871 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1873 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1874 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1876 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1877 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1878 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1879 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1880 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1881 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1885 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1887 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1888 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1889 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1890 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1892 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1893 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1894 denoted by the letter `R'.
1896 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1897 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1898 denoted by the letter `H'.
1900 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1903 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1904 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1905 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1906 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1907 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1908 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1911 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1912 degree deflection it causes.
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1918 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1925 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1926 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1939 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1940 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1941 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1942 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1943 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1944 emerging from the box.
1946 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1953 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1957 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1964 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1967 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1968 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19636 58496))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1970 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1971 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1972 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1974 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1975 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1976 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1977 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1978 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1979 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1980 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1982 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1984 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1986 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1987 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1988 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1989 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1990 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1993 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1994 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1995 yank successive words.
1997 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1998 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1999 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2000 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2001 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2003 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2004 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2005 the list of bookmarks.)
2007 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2009 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2010 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2011 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2012 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2013 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2016 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2017 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2018 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2019 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2021 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2022 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2024 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2025 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2026 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2031 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2035 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2036 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2037 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2045 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2049 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2050 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2052 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2054 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2057 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2058 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2059 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2061 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2063 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2064 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2065 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2067 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2068 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2071 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2073 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2074 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2075 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2077 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2078 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2079 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2085 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2086 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2088 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2089 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2090 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2091 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2092 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2093 probably because we were called from there.
2095 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2097 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2098 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2099 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2103 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2104 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2105 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2106 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2109 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2110 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2111 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2112 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2113 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2115 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2116 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2117 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2118 `bookmark-default-file'.
2120 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2122 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2123 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2124 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2125 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2126 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2129 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2130 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2131 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2132 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2133 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2136 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2137 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2138 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2139 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2141 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2143 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2144 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2145 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2146 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2147 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2151 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2153 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2155 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2156 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2160 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2162 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2172 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2173 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2174 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2175 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2178 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2179 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2180 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2181 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2183 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2184 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2185 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2186 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2187 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2189 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2191 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2192 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2194 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2196 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2197 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2199 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2208 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2209 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2210 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2211 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2213 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2215 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2217 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2218 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2223 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2224 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2231 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2235 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2236 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2238 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2242 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2243 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2249 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2250 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2251 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2257 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2258 Default to the URL around or before point.
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2262 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2266 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2269 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2275 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2276 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2280 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2284 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2285 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2287 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2288 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2303 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2304 new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2314 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2317 When called interactively, if variable
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2319 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2320 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2321 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2324 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2325 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2327 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2328 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2331 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2332 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2333 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2334 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2335 URL in a new window.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2341 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2342 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2346 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2347 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2350 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2351 new tab in an existing window instead.
2353 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2354 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2366 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2368 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2369 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2370 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2371 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2374 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2381 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2382 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2383 program is invoked according to the variable
2384 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point.
2400 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2401 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2402 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2420 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2429 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2430 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2436 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2437 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2438 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2439 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2445 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2446 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2447 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2449 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2450 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2451 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2452 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2460 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2461 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2462 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2463 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2468 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2469 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2479 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2480 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2481 don't offer a form of remote control.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2493 Default to the URL around the point.
2495 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2496 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2498 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2499 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19636
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2509 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2510 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2514 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2515 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2522 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19636 58496))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2525 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2526 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2527 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2528 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2532 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2539 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2540 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2544 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2545 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2547 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2548 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2549 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2550 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2552 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2553 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2554 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2555 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2556 name of buffer configuration.
2562 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19636 58496))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2565 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2567 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2568 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2569 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2570 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2571 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2572 columns on its right towards the left.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2575 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2576 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2577 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2584 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19636 58496))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2587 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2589 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2590 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2595 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2602 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2603 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2604 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2605 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2606 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2608 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2609 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2610 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2611 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2614 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2618 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2619 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2620 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2621 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2622 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2623 else the global value will be modified.
2625 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2627 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2628 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2629 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2630 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2631 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2632 else the global value will be modified.
2634 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2636 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2637 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2638 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2640 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2642 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2643 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2644 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2645 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2647 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2648 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2649 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2650 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2651 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2654 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2655 that already has a `.elc' file.
2657 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2658 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2660 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2661 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2662 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2663 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2664 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2665 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2667 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2669 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2670 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2671 Print the result in the echo area.
2672 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2676 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2677 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2678 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2680 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2682 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2683 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2684 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2685 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2686 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2687 all functions called by those functions.
2689 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2690 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2693 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2694 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2695 invoked interactively.
2697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2699 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2700 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2701 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2702 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2706 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2707 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2708 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2709 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2710 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2711 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2712 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2715 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2717 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2718 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2719 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2720 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2722 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2723 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2724 and corresponding effects.
2726 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19636
2732 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2734 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2736 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19636 58496))
2741 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2743 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2745 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2747 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2752 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2753 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2755 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2756 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2757 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2758 from the cursor position.
2760 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2762 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2766 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2767 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2768 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19636
2770 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2771 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2773 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2774 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2779 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2781 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2784 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2786 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2789 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2793 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2794 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2795 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2796 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2798 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2800 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2801 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2802 This is most useful in the X window system.
2803 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2804 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2806 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2809 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2810 See calc-keypad for details.
2812 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2815 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2817 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2820 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2822 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2824 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2825 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2827 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2829 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2830 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2831 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2833 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2836 Define Calc function.
2838 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2839 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2840 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2842 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2843 actual Lisp function name.
2845 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2847 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19636
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2855 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2856 Run the Emacs calculator.
2857 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2863 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19636
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2867 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2868 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2869 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2870 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2871 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2872 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2874 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2875 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2876 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2877 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2878 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2879 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2880 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2881 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2884 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2885 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2887 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2888 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2889 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2890 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2891 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2892 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2894 Runs the following hooks:
2896 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2897 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2898 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2899 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2901 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2907 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2908 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19636 58496))
2909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2911 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2912 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2914 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2916 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2917 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2918 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2925 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2926 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2929 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2930 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2932 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2933 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2934 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2935 restriction to ASCII.
2937 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2942 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2943 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2944 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2946 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2947 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2948 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2949 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2950 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2951 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2952 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2954 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2955 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19636
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2964 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2969 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2972 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2973 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2980 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2981 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
2982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2984 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2985 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2986 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2987 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2988 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2989 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2990 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2992 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2994 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2995 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3001 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3002 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3003 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3005 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3006 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3007 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3008 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3009 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3010 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3012 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3014 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3015 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3022 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3023 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3025 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3026 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3027 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3028 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3029 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3030 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3033 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3035 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3036 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3043 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3044 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3045 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3047 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3048 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3049 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3050 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3051 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3052 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3055 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3057 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3058 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3065 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3066 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3069 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3070 Major mode for editing Java code.
3071 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3072 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3073 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3074 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3077 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3079 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3080 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3087 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3088 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3089 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3091 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3092 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3093 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3094 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3095 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3096 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3099 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3101 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3102 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3109 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3110 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3111 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3114 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3115 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3116 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3117 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3118 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3119 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3122 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3124 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3125 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3131 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3133 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3134 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3135 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3136 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3140 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3141 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19636 58496))
3142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3144 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3145 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3146 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3147 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3149 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3151 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3152 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3155 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3156 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3157 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3158 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3161 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3162 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3163 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3164 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3167 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3170 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3171 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3172 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3174 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3176 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3177 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3178 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3180 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3182 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3183 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3184 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3185 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3186 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3188 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19636 58496))
3193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3194 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3195 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3196 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3200 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3201 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3202 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
3203 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3205 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3206 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3208 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3210 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3211 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3213 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3215 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3216 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3218 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3219 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3220 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3221 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3224 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3226 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3228 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3229 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3231 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3232 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3236 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3237 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3238 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3239 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3240 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3244 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3245 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3246 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3248 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3249 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3252 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3254 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3256 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3259 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3260 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3262 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3263 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3264 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3267 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3269 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3270 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3271 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3273 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3275 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3277 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3278 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3280 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3284 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3286 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3288 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3289 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3292 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3293 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3296 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3298 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3299 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3300 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3303 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3304 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3305 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3306 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3307 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3308 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3309 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3310 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3311 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3312 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3313 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3316 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3317 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3319 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3320 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3322 | (write EXPRESSION)
3323 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3324 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3327 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3330 ;; Same as: (write string)
3332 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3333 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3334 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3337 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3338 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3339 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3340 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3341 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3342 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3344 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3345 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3347 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3350 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3351 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3352 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3354 ARG := REG | integer
3357 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3360 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3366 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3367 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3370 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3372 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3375 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3376 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3377 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3380 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3381 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3383 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3384 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3385 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3388 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3389 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3392 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3393 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3395 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3398 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3402 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3403 ;; Same meaning as C code
3404 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3406 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3411 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3412 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3415 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3416 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3420 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3424 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3425 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3428 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3429 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3430 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3432 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3433 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3434 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3435 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3436 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3439 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3441 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3442 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3443 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3444 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3445 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3446 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3448 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3450 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3451 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3452 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3454 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3456 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3460 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3461 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
3462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3464 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3465 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3466 There are no special keybindings by default.
3468 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3469 to the action header.
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19636 58496))
3477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3479 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3480 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3481 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3485 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3486 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3487 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3493 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3498 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3499 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3500 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3501 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19636 58496))
3502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3503 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3505 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3506 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3507 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3509 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3514 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3515 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3516 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3517 the users will view as each check is completed.
3521 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3522 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3523 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3524 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3525 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3526 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3527 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3528 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3530 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3532 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3533 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3534 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3535 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3536 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3537 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3538 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3539 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3541 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3543 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3544 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3545 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3546 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3547 spacing are all verified.
3551 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3552 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3553 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3554 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3555 otherwise stop after the first error.
3557 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3559 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3560 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3561 Only documentation strings are checked.
3562 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3563 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3566 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3568 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3569 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3570 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3571 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3572 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3574 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3576 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3577 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3578 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3579 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3582 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3584 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3585 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3586 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3587 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3589 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3591 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3593 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3594 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3595 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3600 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3601 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3602 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3603 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3607 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3608 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3609 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3610 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3611 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3612 space at the end of each line.
3614 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3617 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3618 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3619 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3621 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3625 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3646 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3651 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3658 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3672 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3679 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3680 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3681 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3684 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3685 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3686 checking of documentation strings.
3688 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3695 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3696 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19636 58496))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3699 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3700 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3701 Return the length of resulting text.
3703 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3705 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3706 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3710 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3711 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3712 Return the length of resulting text.
3714 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3716 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3717 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3721 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3726 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3729 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3734 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19636 58496))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3737 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3738 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3739 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3740 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3741 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3742 editing and the result is evaluated.
3744 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3747 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3748 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3749 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3750 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3752 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3756 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3757 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3758 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3759 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3760 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3762 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3763 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3764 \\{command-history-map}
3766 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3767 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19636 58496))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3776 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3777 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3778 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3779 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3780 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3781 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3783 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3784 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3788 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3789 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
3790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3792 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3793 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3794 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3795 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3796 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3797 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3798 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3801 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3802 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3803 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3806 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3807 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3809 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3810 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3811 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3812 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3813 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3814 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3815 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3816 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3817 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3818 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3819 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3820 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3822 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3823 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3824 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3826 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3827 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3828 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3831 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3833 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3835 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3837 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3838 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3840 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3841 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3843 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3844 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3845 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3846 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3847 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3848 value specified by their associated list element.
3850 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3852 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3853 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3854 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3856 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3857 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3858 * indent the first argument by 4.
3859 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3860 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3861 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3863 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3868 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
3869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3871 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3872 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3873 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3874 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3876 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3877 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3878 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3879 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3881 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3882 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3884 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3888 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19636
3890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3892 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3893 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3894 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3895 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3896 of `scheme-program-name').
3897 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3898 it is given as initial input.
3899 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3900 discards input when it starts up.
3901 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3903 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3906 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3911 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3912 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3913 ;;;;;; (19652 24589))
3914 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3916 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3917 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3918 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3919 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3920 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3921 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3922 functions have already modified the buffer.
3924 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3926 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3927 either globally or locally.")
3929 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3931 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3932 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3933 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3934 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3935 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3936 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3937 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3938 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3939 process as its initial input.
3941 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3943 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3945 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3947 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3948 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3949 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3950 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3951 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3952 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3953 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3954 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3955 process as its initial input.
3957 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3959 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3961 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3963 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3964 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3965 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3966 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3967 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3968 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3970 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3972 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3973 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3974 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3975 directory tracking functions.")
3977 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3978 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3979 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3981 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3983 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3985 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3986 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3987 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3989 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3991 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to current process.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3998 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4000 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4001 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4002 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4003 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4005 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19636
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4013 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4014 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4015 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4016 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4018 This command pushes the mark in each window
4019 at the prior location of point in that window.
4020 If both windows display the same buffer,
4021 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4022 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4024 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4025 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4026 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4027 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4028 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4029 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4030 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4033 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4034 this command work in interlaced mode:
4035 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4036 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4037 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4039 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4043 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4044 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4045 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4046 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4047 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19636
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4051 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4052 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4054 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4056 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4057 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4058 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4059 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4060 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4061 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4062 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4064 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4066 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4067 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4069 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4071 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4072 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4073 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4074 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4075 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4076 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4077 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4079 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4080 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4081 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4082 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4083 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4085 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4086 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4087 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4088 describing how the process finished.")
4090 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4091 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4092 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4093 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4094 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4096 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4097 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4098 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4102 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4103 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4104 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4105 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4107 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4109 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4110 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4112 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4113 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4115 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4117 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4118 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4119 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4120 (concat \"make -k \"
4121 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4123 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4124 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4126 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4127 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4128 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4129 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4131 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4133 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4134 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4135 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4136 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4138 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4139 and move to the source code that caused it.
4141 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4142 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4144 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4145 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4146 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4147 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4149 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4150 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4151 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4152 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4154 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4155 kills its subprocesses.
4157 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4158 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4159 to a function that generates a unique name.
4161 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4163 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4164 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4165 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4166 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4168 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4169 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4171 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4172 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4173 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4174 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4176 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4177 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4178 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4180 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4182 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4184 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4185 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4186 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4187 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4188 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4190 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4192 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4194 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4196 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4197 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4198 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4199 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4200 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4201 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4202 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4206 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4207 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4208 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4209 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4210 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4211 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4215 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4216 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4217 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4219 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4225 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4226 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4229 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4230 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4231 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4234 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4236 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4238 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4239 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4240 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4242 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4243 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4244 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4245 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4247 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4248 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4249 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4250 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4252 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4253 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4254 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4255 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4257 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4258 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4259 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4260 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4261 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4267 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4268 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4269 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4271 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4272 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4273 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4276 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4278 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4280 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4281 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4287 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4288 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4289 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4290 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4293 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4294 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4295 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4296 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4297 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4298 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4299 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4301 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4302 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4303 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4305 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4306 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4307 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4309 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4310 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4311 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4312 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4314 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4315 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4316 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4317 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4318 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4319 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4320 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4326 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4327 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4328 Comments start with `#'.
4329 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4331 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4341 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4342 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4343 Comments start with `;'.
4344 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4346 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4348 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4349 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4350 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4352 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4353 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4357 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4358 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4359 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4360 between `/*' and `*/'.
4361 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4363 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4364 // another kind of comment
4376 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4377 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4378 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4379 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4380 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4381 `conf-space-keywords'.
4382 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4383 in an interactive fashion instead.
4385 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4387 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4389 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4393 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4395 # Standard multimedia devices
4396 add /dev/audio desktop
4397 add /dev/mixer desktop
4401 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4402 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4403 See `conf-space-mode'.
4405 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4407 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4408 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4409 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4412 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4414 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4415 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4419 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4420 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4421 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4422 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4424 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4426 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4427 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4431 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4432 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4433 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4434 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4436 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4445 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4446 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19636 58496))
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4449 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4450 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4457 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4458 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4459 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4464 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4465 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4466 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4468 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4470 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4471 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4473 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4478 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19636
4480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4482 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4483 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4484 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4485 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4486 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4487 following the copyright are updated as well.
4488 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4491 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4493 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4494 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4495 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4499 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4500 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4502 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4505 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4507 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4511 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4512 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19636 58496))
4513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4514 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4515 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4516 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4517 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4518 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4519 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4520 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4522 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4523 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4524 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4525 Tab indents for Perl code.
4526 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4529 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4530 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4531 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4532 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4533 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4534 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4535 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4536 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4537 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4538 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4539 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4540 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4542 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4544 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4545 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4547 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4549 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4550 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4551 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4552 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4553 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4554 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4555 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4556 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4557 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4559 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4563 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4564 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4565 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4568 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4569 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4570 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4572 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4574 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4575 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4576 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4577 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4578 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4580 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4590 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4591 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4592 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4593 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4594 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4595 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4596 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4597 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4598 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4599 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4600 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4601 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4602 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4604 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4605 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4606 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4607 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4608 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4609 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4611 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4612 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4615 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4616 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4617 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4618 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4619 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4621 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4622 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4623 span the needed amount of lines.
4625 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4626 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4627 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4628 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4630 Variables controlling indentation style:
4631 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4632 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4633 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4634 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4635 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4636 `cperl-auto-newline'
4637 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4638 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4639 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4640 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4641 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4642 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4643 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4644 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4645 `cperl-indent-level'
4646 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4647 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4648 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4649 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4650 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4651 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4652 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4653 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4654 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4655 `cperl-brace-offset'
4656 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4657 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4658 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4659 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4660 `cperl-label-offset'
4661 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4662 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4663 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4665 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4666 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4667 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4668 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4669 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4670 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4672 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4673 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4674 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4675 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4677 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4678 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4679 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4680 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4681 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4682 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4683 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4685 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4686 column 0 is indented on
4687 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4689 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4692 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4693 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4694 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4698 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4699 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4703 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4704 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4714 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4715 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4716 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4717 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4718 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4722 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4723 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4730 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4733 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4734 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4735 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4736 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4739 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4741 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4743 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4744 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4745 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4749 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4753 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4754 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4757 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4758 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4759 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4760 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4762 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4763 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4764 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4765 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4767 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4768 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4769 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4771 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4772 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4775 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4776 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4777 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4779 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4781 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4782 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4783 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4785 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4789 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19636
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4794 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4795 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4802 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4805 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4806 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4807 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4810 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4812 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4814 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4815 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4816 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4817 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4818 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4820 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4821 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4822 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4823 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4824 function of these prefix keys.
4826 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4827 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4829 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4830 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4831 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4833 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4834 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4835 the prefix fallback behavior.
4837 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4838 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4839 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4840 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4844 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4845 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4851 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4852 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4853 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4854 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4855 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4856 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4857 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4858 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4859 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4860 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4861 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4864 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4865 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4867 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4869 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4870 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4872 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4874 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4875 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4877 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4878 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4880 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4881 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4883 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4884 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4886 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4887 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4889 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4891 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4893 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4894 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4895 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4897 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4898 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4900 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4901 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4903 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4904 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4906 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4908 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4910 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4911 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4914 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4915 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4917 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4918 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4920 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4921 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4923 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4925 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4927 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4928 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4929 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4930 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4931 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4935 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4937 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4938 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4942 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4945 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4947 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4950 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4954 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4957 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4959 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4961 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4962 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4963 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4965 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4967 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4968 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4969 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4970 as part of Emacs itself.
4972 Each elements looks like this:
4974 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4976 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4977 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4978 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4979 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4980 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4981 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4982 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4985 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4987 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4988 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4989 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4990 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4991 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4993 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4994 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4995 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4996 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4998 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5000 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5001 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5002 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5003 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5004 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5006 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5007 that were added or redefined since that version.
5009 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5011 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5012 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5013 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5014 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5016 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5017 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5019 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5021 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5022 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5023 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5025 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5026 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5028 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5030 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5035 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5040 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all already saved user options.
5045 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5046 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5047 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5048 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5049 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5050 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5051 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5052 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5058 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5059 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5061 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5063 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5064 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5068 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5069 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5073 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5074 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5075 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5076 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5077 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5080 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5082 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5083 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5084 The result includes selecting that window.
5085 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5086 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5087 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5090 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5092 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5093 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5095 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5097 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5098 File used for storing customization information.
5099 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5100 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5101 it should be an absolute file name.
5103 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5104 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5105 something like the following in your init file:
5107 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5110 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5111 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5113 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5114 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5115 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5116 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5117 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5119 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5120 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5121 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5122 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5123 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5124 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5125 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5126 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5127 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5128 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5130 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5132 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5133 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5137 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5138 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5142 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5143 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5144 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5146 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5149 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5150 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5151 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5152 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5154 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5158 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5159 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5162 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5163 Create a custom theme.
5169 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5173 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5174 Mode used for cvs status output.
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5181 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19636 58496))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5184 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5185 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5187 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5189 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5190 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5191 C++ modes are included.
5193 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5197 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5200 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5201 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5205 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5206 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5207 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5210 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5212 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5214 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5215 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5216 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5218 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5219 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5220 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5227 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5228 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5231 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5232 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5234 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5237 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5239 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5241 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5242 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5243 For readability, the table is slightly
5244 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5246 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5247 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5248 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5249 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5250 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5252 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5256 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5257 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5258 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5259 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5260 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5261 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5262 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5264 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5265 Completion on current word.
5266 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5267 and presents suggestions for completion.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5270 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5273 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5274 then it searches *all* buffers.
5276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5278 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5279 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5281 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5282 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5283 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5284 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5285 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5287 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5288 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5290 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5291 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5292 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5294 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5295 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5297 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5304 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5307 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5308 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5310 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5314 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19636
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5318 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5319 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5320 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5321 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5322 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19652
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5332 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5333 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5335 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5336 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5337 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5339 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5340 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5341 Data lines are not indented.
5346 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5348 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5349 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5350 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5351 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5353 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5356 Extra indentation within blocks.
5358 dcl-continuation-offset
5359 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5362 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5364 dcl-margin-label-offset
5365 Indentation for a label.
5367 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5368 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5370 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5371 dcl-block-end-regexp
5372 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5373 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5374 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5375 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5376 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5378 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5379 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5380 Two such functions are included in the package:
5381 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5382 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5384 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5385 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5386 One such function is included in the package:
5387 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5389 dcl-tab-always-indent
5390 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5391 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5394 dcl-electric-characters
5395 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5398 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5399 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5400 which words trigger electric indentation.
5403 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5404 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5405 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5407 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5408 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5409 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5410 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5412 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5413 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5414 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5415 dcl-imenu-label-call
5416 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5418 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5419 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5420 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5421 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5424 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5426 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5427 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5428 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5430 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5431 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5435 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5436 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5438 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5439 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5440 \"lined up with the command line\"
5442 Data lines are not indented at all.
5443 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5448 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5449 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5456 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19636 58496))
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5459 (setq debugger 'debug)
5461 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5462 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5463 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5466 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5467 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5468 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5470 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5472 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5473 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5475 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5477 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5478 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5479 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5480 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5481 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5482 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5484 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5485 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5487 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5489 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5490 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5491 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5492 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5493 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5495 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5499 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5500 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
5501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5503 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5504 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5508 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5509 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5510 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5511 Upper-case letters are commands.
5513 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5516 The most useful commands are:
5517 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5518 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5519 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5520 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5521 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5522 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5529 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19636
5531 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5533 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5534 Customization of `columns' group.
5538 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5539 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5541 START and END delimits the text region.
5543 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5545 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5546 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5548 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5554 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19636
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5558 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5559 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5560 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5561 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5562 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5563 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5564 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5566 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5570 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5571 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5572 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5573 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5574 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5575 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5576 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5577 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5578 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5579 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5580 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5581 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5583 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5584 Directories to search when finding external units.
5585 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5586 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5590 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi comments.
5592 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5593 Face used to color delphi strings.
5594 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5595 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5596 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5597 Face used to color everything else.
5599 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5600 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5602 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5606 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19636
5608 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5610 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5612 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5613 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5614 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5617 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5619 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5621 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5622 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5623 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5624 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5626 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5627 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5628 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5635 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5636 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19636 58496))
5637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5639 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5640 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5642 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5644 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5645 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5646 or nil if there is no parent.
5647 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5648 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5649 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5650 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5651 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5653 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5654 arguments are currently understood:
5656 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5657 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5659 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5660 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5662 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5663 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5665 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5667 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5669 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5670 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5671 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5673 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5674 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5676 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5677 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5678 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5680 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5681 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5683 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5684 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5686 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5688 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5690 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5691 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5692 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5693 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5694 the first time the mode is used.
5696 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5701 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19636 58496))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5704 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5705 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5706 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5707 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5708 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5709 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5712 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5714 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5715 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5716 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5717 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5718 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5719 character composition information (if relevant),
5720 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5722 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5726 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5727 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5728 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5729 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19636 58496))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5732 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5733 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5734 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5736 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5738 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5739 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5740 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5741 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5742 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5743 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5747 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5748 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5749 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5750 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5752 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5754 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5755 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5756 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5758 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5759 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5760 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5762 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5763 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5765 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5766 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5767 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5769 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5770 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5771 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5772 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5774 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5776 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5777 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5779 Handlers are called with argument list
5781 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5783 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5785 desktop-file-version
5786 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5787 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5788 desktop-buffer-point
5790 desktop-buffer-read-only
5791 desktop-buffer-locals
5793 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5794 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5796 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5799 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5801 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5802 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5804 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5806 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5808 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5809 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5810 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5811 List elements must have the form
5813 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5815 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5818 Handlers are called with argument list
5820 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5822 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5824 desktop-file-version
5825 desktop-buffer-file-name
5827 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5828 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5829 desktop-buffer-point
5831 desktop-buffer-read-only
5834 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5835 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5838 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5841 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5843 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5844 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5846 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5848 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5850 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5852 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5854 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5855 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5856 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5860 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5861 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5862 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5863 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5864 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5866 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5868 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5869 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5870 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5874 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5875 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5876 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5877 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5878 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5879 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5880 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5881 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5883 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5885 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5886 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5887 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5891 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5892 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5893 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5894 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5897 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5899 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5900 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5904 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5905 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5912 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5913 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19636 58496))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5916 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5917 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5918 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5919 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5920 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5921 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5923 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5925 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5926 Repair a broken attribution line.
5927 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5929 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5931 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5932 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5933 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5934 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5936 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5938 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5939 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5945 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5946 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19636 58496))
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5949 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5950 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5951 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5952 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5953 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5957 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5958 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5959 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5960 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5962 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5963 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5964 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5965 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5967 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5968 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5970 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5971 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5972 calendar-date-style 'european
5973 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5975 \(diary-mail-entries)
5977 # diary-rem.el ends here
5979 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5981 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5982 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5988 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5989 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19636 58496))
5990 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5992 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5993 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5995 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5997 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5998 The command to use to run diff.")
6000 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6002 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6003 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6004 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6005 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6006 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6007 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6009 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6010 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6011 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6013 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6015 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6016 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6017 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6018 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6019 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6020 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6022 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6026 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6027 ;;;;;; (19661 51722))
6028 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6030 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6031 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6032 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6035 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6036 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6037 headers for you on-the-fly.
6039 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6040 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6041 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6047 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6048 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6049 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6055 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19636 58496))
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6058 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6059 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6060 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6062 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6067 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6068 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19636 58496))
6069 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6071 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6072 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6073 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6074 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6075 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6076 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6077 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6078 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6080 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6082 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6083 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6085 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6086 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6087 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6088 A value of t means move to first file.")
6090 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6092 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6093 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6094 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6095 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6096 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6097 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6099 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6100 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6101 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6102 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6103 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6104 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6105 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6106 list of files to make directory entries for.
6107 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6108 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6109 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6110 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6112 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6114 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6115 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6117 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6118 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6120 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6121 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6123 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6124 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6126 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6128 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6129 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6131 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6133 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6134 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6135 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6136 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6137 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6138 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6140 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6141 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6143 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6145 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6146 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6147 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6148 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6149 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6150 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6151 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6152 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6153 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6154 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6155 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6156 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6157 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6158 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6159 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6160 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6161 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6162 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6163 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6164 to see why something went wrong.
6165 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6166 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6167 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6168 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6169 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6170 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6171 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6172 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6173 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6174 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6175 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6176 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6177 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6179 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6180 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6181 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6182 again for the directory tree.
6184 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6187 `dired-listing-switches'
6188 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6189 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6192 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6193 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6194 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6195 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6197 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6199 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6200 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6207 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6208 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6212 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6213 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
6214 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6216 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6217 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6218 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6219 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6220 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6221 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6222 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6227 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6228 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6230 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6232 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6233 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6235 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6239 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19636
6241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6243 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6244 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6245 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6246 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6247 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6248 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6250 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6254 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6255 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6256 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6257 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6258 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6259 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19636 58496))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6262 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6263 Return a new, empty display table.
6267 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6268 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6269 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6270 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6271 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6273 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6275 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6276 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6277 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6278 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6279 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6281 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6283 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6284 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6288 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6289 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6293 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6294 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6296 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6297 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6299 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6300 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6303 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6304 in the default way after this call.
6308 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6309 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C using printable string S.
6318 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6319 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6320 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6321 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6323 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6326 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6327 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6330 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6332 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6333 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6335 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6337 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6338 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6340 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6342 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6343 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6345 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6347 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6348 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6350 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6353 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6355 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6357 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6358 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6360 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6361 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6363 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6364 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6366 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6367 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6368 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6369 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6371 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6372 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6373 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6380 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6381 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
6382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6384 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6385 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6386 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6387 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6388 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6389 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6390 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6397 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19636 58496))
6398 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6400 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6401 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6402 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6403 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6404 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6405 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6407 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6408 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6409 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6410 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6411 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6413 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6418 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19636 58496))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6421 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6422 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6423 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6424 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6425 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6426 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6427 table and its own syntax table.
6429 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6432 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6434 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6435 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6438 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6442 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6443 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19636 58496))
6444 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6446 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6447 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6448 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6450 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6452 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6453 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6455 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6456 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6458 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6459 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6460 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6464 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6465 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6466 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6467 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6471 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19636 58496))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6481 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6482 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6488 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19636 58496))
6489 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6491 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6493 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6496 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6497 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6503 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19636 58496))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6506 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6507 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6514 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
6515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6517 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6518 Play sounds in message buffers.
6524 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6525 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6526 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19636 58496))
6527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6529 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6531 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6532 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6533 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6534 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6536 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6537 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6538 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6539 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6540 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6541 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6543 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6544 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6545 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6546 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6547 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6550 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6551 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6552 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6553 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6554 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6555 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6556 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6557 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6558 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6559 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6560 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6562 For example, you could write
6563 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6564 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6567 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6569 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6571 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6573 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6574 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6575 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6576 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6577 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6578 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6579 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6580 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6581 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6582 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6583 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6584 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6586 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6587 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6588 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6589 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6590 call another major mode in their body.
6592 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6594 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6595 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6596 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6597 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6598 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6599 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6600 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6602 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6604 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6605 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6606 :inherit Parent keymap.
6608 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6609 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6611 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6614 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6615 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6616 the constant's documentation.
6618 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6620 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6621 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6622 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6624 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6629 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19636
6631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6633 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6635 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6636 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6638 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6639 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6640 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6642 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6643 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6647 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6648 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6652 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6653 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6657 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6658 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6660 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6662 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6664 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6666 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6667 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6669 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6670 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6672 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6674 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6676 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6680 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6681 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6682 computed automatically.
6683 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6687 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6689 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6690 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6691 keyboard equivalent.
6695 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6696 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6700 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6701 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6705 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6706 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6710 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6711 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6715 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6719 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6720 radio: A radio button.
6721 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6722 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6724 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6728 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6729 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6733 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6735 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6736 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6737 as a solid horizontal line.
6739 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6741 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6743 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6746 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6748 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6749 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6750 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6751 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6753 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6755 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6756 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6757 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6758 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6759 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6760 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6762 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6763 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6764 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6766 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6767 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6768 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6770 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6771 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6773 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6777 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6779 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6782 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6783 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6784 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19636 58496))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6787 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6788 Customization for ebnf group.
6792 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6793 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6795 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6797 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6800 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6802 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6804 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6807 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6808 killed after process termination.
6810 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6812 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6814 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6815 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6817 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6818 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6821 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6822 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6823 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6824 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6826 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6828 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6829 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6830 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6832 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6834 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6835 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6837 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6839 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6842 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6844 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6849 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6850 killed after process termination.
6852 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6854 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6856 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6857 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6858 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6859 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6861 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6865 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6866 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6867 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6869 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6871 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6873 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6874 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6876 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6878 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6881 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6883 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6885 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6888 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6889 killed after EPS generation.
6891 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6893 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6895 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6896 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6898 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6899 The EPS file name has the following form:
6901 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6903 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6904 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6906 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6907 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6908 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6909 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6910 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6912 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6917 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6918 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6920 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6921 The EPS file name has the following form:
6923 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6925 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6926 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6928 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6929 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6930 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6931 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6932 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6934 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6937 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6939 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6941 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6942 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6944 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6946 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6949 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6951 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6956 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6957 killed after syntax checking.
6959 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6961 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6971 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6973 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6974 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6978 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6979 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6981 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6985 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6986 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6988 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6990 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6992 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6995 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6999 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7000 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7002 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7004 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7006 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7007 Set STYLE as the current style.
7009 Returns the old style symbol.
7011 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7015 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7016 Reset current style.
7018 Returns the old style symbol.
7020 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7022 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7024 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7025 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7027 Returns the old style symbol.
7029 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7031 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7033 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7035 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7036 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7038 Returns the old style symbol.
7040 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7042 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7048 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7049 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7050 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7051 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7052 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7053 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7054 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7055 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7056 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7057 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7058 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19636
7060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7062 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7063 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7064 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7065 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7066 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7067 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7069 Tree mode key bindings:
7070 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7074 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7075 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7079 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7080 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7082 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7087 View declaration of member at point.
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find declaration of member at point.
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7097 View definition of member at point.
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7102 Find definition of member at point.
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7112 View definition of member at point in other window.
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7117 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7127 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7131 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7132 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7136 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7137 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7138 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7139 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7142 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7144 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7145 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7146 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7147 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7149 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7151 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7152 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7153 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7154 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7156 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7159 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7160 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7162 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7164 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7165 Search for call sites of a member.
7166 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7167 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7168 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7169 looks like a function call to the member.
7171 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7174 Move backward in the position stack.
7175 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7179 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7180 Move forward in the position stack.
7181 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7186 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7190 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7191 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7195 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7196 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7197 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7198 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7203 Display statistics for a class tree.
7209 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7210 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7213 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7214 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7215 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7216 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7218 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7219 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7220 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7222 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7223 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7224 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7226 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7228 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7234 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7235 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19636 58496))
7236 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7238 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7239 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7240 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7242 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7247 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7250 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7257 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19636 58496))
7258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7260 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7261 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7262 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7265 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7267 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7269 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7270 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7271 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7272 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7274 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7275 an EDE controlled project.
7277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7281 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7282 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19636 58496))
7284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7286 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7287 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7288 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7289 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7290 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7292 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7293 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7294 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7295 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7297 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7299 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7300 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7301 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7302 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7304 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7306 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7307 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7308 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7309 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7311 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7313 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7315 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7316 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7317 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7318 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7319 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7321 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7322 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7323 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7324 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7325 instrumented for Edebug.
7327 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7328 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7329 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7330 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7335 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7336 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7340 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7341 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7347 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7348 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7349 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7350 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7351 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7352 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7353 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7354 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7355 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7356 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19636 58496))
7357 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7359 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7360 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7362 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7365 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7367 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7369 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7371 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7373 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7374 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7375 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7376 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7380 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7381 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7382 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7383 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7387 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7388 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7390 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7392 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7394 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7395 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7397 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7399 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7401 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7402 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7403 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7404 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7406 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7408 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7410 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7411 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7412 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7413 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7415 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7417 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7419 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7420 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7421 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7422 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7424 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7426 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7428 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7429 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7430 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7431 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7433 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7435 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7437 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7438 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7439 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7440 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7441 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7442 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7444 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7447 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7448 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7449 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7451 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7453 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7455 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7456 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7457 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7458 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7460 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7462 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7464 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7466 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7467 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7468 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7470 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7471 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7473 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7476 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7477 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7479 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7480 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7482 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7484 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7485 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7486 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7487 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7488 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7490 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7492 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7493 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7494 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7495 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7496 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7497 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7499 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7501 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7503 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7504 Merge two files without ancestor.
7506 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7508 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7509 Merge two files with ancestor.
7511 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7513 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7516 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7518 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7520 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7521 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7523 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7525 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7526 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7527 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7530 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7533 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7534 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7537 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7539 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7540 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7541 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7542 and don't ask the user.
7543 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7544 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7546 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7548 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7549 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7550 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7551 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7552 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7553 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7554 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7555 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7557 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7559 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7561 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7563 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7564 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7565 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7566 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7567 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7569 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7571 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7573 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7574 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7575 When called interactively, displays the version.
7579 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7580 Display Ediff's manual.
7581 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7583 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7587 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7588 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7591 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7599 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7600 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7602 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7603 Display Ediff's registry.
7607 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7612 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19636 58496))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7615 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7616 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7617 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7622 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7623 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7624 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7625 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7632 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7633 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7636 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7637 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7638 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7640 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit a keyboard macro.
7642 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7643 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7644 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7646 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7648 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7653 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7656 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7658 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7660 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7661 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7662 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7663 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7664 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7665 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7667 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7668 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7669 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7670 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7672 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7674 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7675 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7676 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7677 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7678 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7679 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7681 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7685 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7686 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19636 58496))
7687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7689 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7691 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7692 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7694 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7696 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7697 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7704 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7707 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7708 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7709 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7710 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7711 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7712 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7713 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7715 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7716 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7718 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7719 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7720 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7721 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7723 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7724 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7725 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7727 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7728 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7729 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7731 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7733 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7736 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7740 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7741 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19636 58496))
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7744 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7745 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7747 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7749 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7750 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7751 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7752 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7753 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7754 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7755 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7757 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7761 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7762 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7766 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7767 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7768 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7769 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7770 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7771 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7774 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7775 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7776 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7779 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7780 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7784 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19636
7786 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7788 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7789 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7791 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7792 an elided material again.
7794 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7800 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7801 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7802 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
7803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7805 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7810 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7811 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7812 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7814 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7816 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7817 Lint the current buffer.
7818 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7822 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7823 Lint the function at point.
7824 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7828 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7830 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7831 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7833 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7837 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7838 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19636
7840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7842 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7843 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7844 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7846 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7849 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7850 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7851 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7853 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7855 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7856 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7857 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7859 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7861 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7864 Display current profiling results.
7865 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7866 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7873 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7874 ;;;;;; (19641 1152))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7877 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7878 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7879 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7881 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7885 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7886 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7887 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7888 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7889 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19636 58496))
7890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7892 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two files.
7895 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7900 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7903 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7905 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7908 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7910 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7922 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7925 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7930 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7932 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7933 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7935 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7937 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7938 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7940 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7945 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7949 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7950 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19636 58496))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7953 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7954 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7955 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7956 text/enriched format.
7957 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7959 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7960 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7964 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7968 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7971 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7973 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7976 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7980 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7981 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7982 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7983 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7984 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7985 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19636
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7989 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7990 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7992 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7994 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7995 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7997 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7999 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8000 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8001 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8002 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8003 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8004 the keys are listed.
8005 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8007 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8009 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8014 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8019 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8020 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8022 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8025 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8027 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8029 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8030 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8032 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8033 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8034 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8035 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8036 should consider using the string based counterpart
8037 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8038 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8042 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8043 (decode-coding-string
8044 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8047 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8049 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8050 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8052 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8053 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8057 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8058 Verify the current region between START and END.
8060 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8061 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8062 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8063 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8064 should consider using the string based counterpart
8065 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8066 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8070 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8071 (decode-coding-string
8072 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8077 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8078 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8079 between START and END.
8081 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8082 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8084 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8086 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8087 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8089 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8090 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8091 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8092 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8093 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8094 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8098 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8101 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8103 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8105 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8106 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8108 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8109 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8110 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8111 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8112 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8113 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8117 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8120 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8123 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8126 Delete selected KEYS.
8128 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8131 Import keys from FILE.
8135 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8136 Import keys from the region.
8138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8140 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8141 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8142 between START and END.
8144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8147 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8149 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8151 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8152 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8159 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19636 58496))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8163 Decrypt marked files.
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8168 Verify marked files.
8172 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8177 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8178 Encrypt marked files.
8184 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8185 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19636 58496))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8191 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8193 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8198 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8205 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8206 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8207 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19636 58496))
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8210 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8211 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8215 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8216 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8217 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8219 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8223 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8224 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8225 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8227 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8231 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8232 Sign the current buffer.
8233 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8235 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8237 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8239 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8240 Encrypt the current buffer.
8241 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8243 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8245 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8248 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8249 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8251 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8255 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8256 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8257 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8259 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8260 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8262 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8264 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8265 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19636 58496))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8274 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8275 Return a context object.
8277 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8282 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19636 58496))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8285 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8286 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8290 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8291 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8293 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8295 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8296 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8298 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8302 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8303 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19636 58496))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8306 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8307 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8311 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8312 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8313 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8315 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8317 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8318 (server (erc-compute-server))
8319 (port (erc-compute-port))
8320 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8322 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8324 That is, if called with
8326 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8328 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8329 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8330 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8332 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8334 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8336 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8337 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8338 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8339 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8341 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19636
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8348 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19636 58496))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8354 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19636 58496))
8359 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8360 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19636 58496))
8365 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8366 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8370 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8371 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19636 58496))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8373 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8375 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8376 Parser for /dcc command.
8377 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8378 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8379 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8381 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8383 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8384 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8388 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8389 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8391 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8392 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8393 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8396 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8401 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8402 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8403 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8404 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8407 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8408 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8410 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8412 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8413 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8414 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8415 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8417 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8427 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8452 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8455 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8459 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8460 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8466 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19636
8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8469 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8471 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8472 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8473 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19636
8481 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8482 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8487 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19636 58496))
8488 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8489 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8491 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8492 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8493 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8494 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8495 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8496 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8499 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8504 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8508 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8509 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8512 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19636 58496))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8521 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19636 58496))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8527 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8531 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8532 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19636 58496))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8534 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8536 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8537 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8538 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8539 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8540 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8541 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8543 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8545 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8546 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8547 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8548 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8550 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8551 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8554 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8555 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8561 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8562 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8563 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8564 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8566 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8568 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8569 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8573 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8574 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8578 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8579 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8583 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8584 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8588 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8589 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8593 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8594 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8598 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8599 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8603 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8604 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19636 58496))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8612 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8616 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8617 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8619 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8621 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8629 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19636 58496))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8632 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8633 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8634 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8635 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8639 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8640 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8646 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8647 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19636 58496))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8649 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8651 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8652 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8653 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8654 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8656 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8658 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19636 58496))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8667 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19636
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8674 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19636 58496))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8680 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19636 58496))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8691 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19636 58496))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8695 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8696 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8700 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8701 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8702 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8704 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19636 58496))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8710 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8714 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8715 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8716 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8718 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8719 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8720 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19636
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8729 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19636 58496))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8740 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8743 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8744 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8745 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8747 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8749 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8750 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8753 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8754 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8755 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8758 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8762 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8763 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19636 58496))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8765 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8767 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8768 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8769 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8770 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8772 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8774 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8775 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8776 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8783 ;;;;;; (19641 1152))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8785 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8787 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8788 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19636
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8798 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8799 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19636
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8811 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8812 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8819 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19636 58496))
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8822 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8823 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8824 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8825 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8826 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8827 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8828 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8829 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8830 buffer selected (or created).
8832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8834 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8835 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8836 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8838 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8840 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8841 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8842 The result might be any Lisp object.
8843 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8844 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8845 corresponding to a successful execution.
8847 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8849 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8853 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8854 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8855 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8856 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8857 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8858 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8859 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8860 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8863 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8864 *File name of tags table.
8865 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8866 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8867 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8868 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8870 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8871 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8872 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8873 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8875 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8877 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8878 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8879 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8880 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8881 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8882 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8884 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8886 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8887 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8888 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8889 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8890 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8891 `auto-compression-mode').")
8893 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8895 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8896 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8897 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8898 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8899 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8901 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8903 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8904 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8905 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8906 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8908 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8910 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8911 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8912 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8913 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8914 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8916 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8918 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8919 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8923 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8924 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8925 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8926 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8928 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8929 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8930 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8931 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8932 file the tag was in.
8934 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8936 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8937 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8938 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8939 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8940 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8941 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8942 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8943 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8944 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8946 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8948 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8949 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8950 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8951 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8952 without directory names.
8956 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8957 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8958 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8959 but does not select the buffer.
8960 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8962 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8963 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8964 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8965 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8966 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8968 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8970 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8971 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8972 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8974 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8976 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8978 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8979 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8980 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8981 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8983 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8984 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8985 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8986 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8987 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8989 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8991 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8992 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8993 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8995 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8997 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8998 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9000 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9001 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9002 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9003 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9004 around or before point.
9006 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9007 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9008 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9009 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9010 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9012 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9014 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9015 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9016 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9018 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9020 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9021 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9023 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9024 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9025 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9026 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9027 around or before point.
9029 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9030 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9031 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9032 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9033 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9035 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9037 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9038 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9039 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9041 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9043 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9044 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9046 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9047 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9048 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9050 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9051 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9052 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9053 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9054 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9056 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9058 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9059 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9060 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9062 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9064 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9065 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9066 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9068 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9069 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9071 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9072 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9073 where they were found.
9077 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9078 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9080 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9081 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9082 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9084 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9085 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9087 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9088 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9090 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9092 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9093 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9094 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9095 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9097 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9098 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9099 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9100 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9101 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9103 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9104 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9106 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9107 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9108 Stops when a match is found.
9109 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9111 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9113 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9115 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9116 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9117 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9118 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9119 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9120 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9121 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9122 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9124 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9125 produce the list of files to search.
9127 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9129 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9132 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9133 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9134 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9135 directory specification.
9137 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9139 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9140 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9142 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9144 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9145 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9146 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9147 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9151 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9152 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9153 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9154 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9155 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9161 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9162 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9163 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9164 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9165 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9166 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9167 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9168 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9171 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9176 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9177 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9179 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9180 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9182 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9183 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9186 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9187 even if the buffer is read-only.
9189 See also the descriptions of the variables
9190 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9192 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9194 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9195 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9197 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9198 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9200 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9201 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9204 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9205 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9207 See also the descriptions of the variables
9208 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9210 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9212 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9213 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9214 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9215 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9217 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9219 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9220 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9221 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9222 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9224 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9225 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9228 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9229 buffer is read-only.
9231 See also the descriptions of the variables
9232 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9233 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9235 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9237 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9238 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9240 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9241 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9243 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9244 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9245 the primary language.
9247 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9248 buffer is read-only.
9250 See also the descriptions of the variables
9251 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9252 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9254 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9256 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9257 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9258 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9260 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9263 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9267 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9268 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9270 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9271 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9274 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9275 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9276 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9278 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9280 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9283 This function is deprecated.
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9292 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9293 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9297 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9298 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9300 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9301 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9303 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9304 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9308 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9309 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9313 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9314 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9318 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9319 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9323 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9324 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9325 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9329 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9332 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9337 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9338 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9341 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9342 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9343 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9344 server for future sessions.
9346 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9348 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9349 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9350 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9352 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9354 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9355 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9356 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9358 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9360 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9361 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9362 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9363 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9364 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9365 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9366 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9367 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9368 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9369 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9370 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9371 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9373 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9375 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9376 Display a form to query the directory server.
9377 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9378 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9380 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9382 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9383 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9384 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9388 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9393 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9394 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19636 58496))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9400 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display URL and make it clickable.
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9410 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9417 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9418 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9420 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9422 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9423 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9425 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9430 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19636 58496))
9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9433 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9434 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9435 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9439 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9440 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9450 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9451 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19636
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9461 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9462 Create an empty ewoc.
9464 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9466 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9467 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9468 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9469 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9470 `insert-before-markers'.
9472 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9473 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9474 respectively, of the ewoc.
9476 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9477 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9478 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9480 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9484 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9485 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9486 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9487 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9490 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9491 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9492 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9494 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9496 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9497 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9498 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9499 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9500 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9502 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9504 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9505 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9506 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9507 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9508 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9511 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9513 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9514 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9515 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9519 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9520 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9521 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9529 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9530 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9533 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9534 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9535 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9536 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9538 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9540 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9541 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9542 to generate such functions.
9544 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9545 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9546 beginning of the expanded text.
9548 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9549 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9550 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9551 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9553 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9555 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9557 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9558 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9559 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9563 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9564 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9565 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9569 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9570 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9571 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9574 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9575 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9579 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19636 58496))
9580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9582 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9583 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9584 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9586 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9587 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9588 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9590 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9595 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9598 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9600 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9602 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9603 `f90-program-indent'
9604 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9606 `f90-continuation-indent'
9607 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9608 `f90-comment-region'
9609 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9610 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9611 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9612 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9614 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9615 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9616 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9617 `f90-break-delimiters'
9618 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9619 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9620 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9621 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9623 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9624 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9626 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9627 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9628 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9629 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9630 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9631 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9633 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9635 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9636 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9643 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9644 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9645 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19652
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9649 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9650 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9652 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9653 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9655 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9656 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9657 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9658 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9659 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9660 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9661 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9663 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9664 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9665 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9667 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9669 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9670 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9672 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9674 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9675 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9676 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9677 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9678 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9679 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9681 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9683 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9684 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9685 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9687 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9688 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9689 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9694 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9695 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9696 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9698 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9699 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9700 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9701 will remove any scaling currently active.
9705 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9706 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9707 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9710 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9711 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9712 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9713 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9715 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9716 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9718 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9719 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9721 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9722 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9723 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9725 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9726 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9727 is one of the above.
9729 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9730 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9731 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9732 will remove any scaling currently active.
9734 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9735 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9736 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9737 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9738 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9742 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9743 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9744 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9745 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9749 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9750 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9751 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9752 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9753 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9755 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9756 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9758 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9760 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9761 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9762 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9763 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9765 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9766 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9767 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9768 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9770 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9771 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9773 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9775 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9776 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9777 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9778 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9784 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9785 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9786 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19636 58496))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9789 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9790 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9791 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9792 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9796 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9797 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9801 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9802 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9803 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9804 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9808 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9809 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9810 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9811 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9812 backup file names and the like).
9814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9816 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9817 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9818 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9819 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9820 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9821 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9822 internally by feedmail):
9824 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9825 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9826 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9827 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9829 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9830 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9831 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9832 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9833 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9835 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9840 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19636 58496))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9843 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9844 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9845 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9846 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9847 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9848 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9849 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9851 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9853 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9854 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9855 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9856 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9857 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9858 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9859 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9861 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9863 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9865 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9866 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9867 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9868 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9869 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9870 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9872 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
9874 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
9875 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9876 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9878 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9879 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9884 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
9885 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9886 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9888 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9890 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
9891 Try to get a file name at point.
9892 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
9894 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
9895 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9901 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9902 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9903 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9904 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19636 58496))
9905 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9907 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
9908 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9909 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9910 be added to the cache.
9912 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9914 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
9915 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9916 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9917 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9918 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9920 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9922 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
9923 Add FILE to the file cache.
9927 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
9928 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9929 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9931 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
9933 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
9934 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9935 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9937 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
9939 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
9940 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9941 This function does not use any external programs.
9942 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9943 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9944 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9946 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9948 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
9949 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9950 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9951 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9952 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9953 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9954 \(directories) is done.
9960 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9961 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9962 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9963 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9964 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19636 58496))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9967 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9968 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9970 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9971 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9972 Local Variables list.
9974 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9975 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9976 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9978 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9980 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9981 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9983 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9985 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9986 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9988 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9989 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9992 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9993 then this function adds it.
9995 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9997 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9998 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10000 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10002 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10003 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10005 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10007 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10008 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10010 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10012 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10013 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10017 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10018 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10022 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10023 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10029 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19636
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10033 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10034 Filesets initialization.
10035 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19636 58496))
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10044 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10045 Initiate the building of a find command.
10048 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10049 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10051 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10053 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10054 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10056 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10060 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10061 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10062 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10063 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10065 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (purecopy '("-ls" .
"-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld"))) "\
10066 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10067 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10068 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10069 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10071 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
10073 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
(purecopy "-al") "\
10074 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10075 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10076 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10077 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10079 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
10081 (defvar find-grep-options
(purecopy (if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10082 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10083 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10084 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10086 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
10088 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10089 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10090 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10092 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10094 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10095 as the final argument.
10097 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10099 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10100 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10101 and run dired on those files.
10102 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10103 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10105 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10107 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10109 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10110 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10111 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10113 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10115 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10117 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10122 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10123 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10124 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10126 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10127 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10128 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10129 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10130 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10131 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10132 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10134 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10136 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10140 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10142 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10144 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10145 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10146 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10148 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10149 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10151 Variables of interest include:
10153 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10154 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10155 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10157 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10158 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10159 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10161 - `ff-ignore-include'
10162 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10164 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10165 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10168 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10170 - `ff-special-constructs'
10171 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10172 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10173 extracting the filename from that construct.
10175 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10176 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10178 - `ff-search-directories'
10179 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10180 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10182 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10183 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10185 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10186 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10188 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10189 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10191 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10192 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10194 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10195 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10197 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10199 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10200 Visit the file you click on.
10202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10204 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10205 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10207 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10211 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10212 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10213 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10214 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10215 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10216 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10217 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19636 58496))
10218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10220 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10221 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10222 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10224 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10226 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10227 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10228 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10229 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10231 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10232 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10233 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10234 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10236 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10238 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10239 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10241 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10242 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10243 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10244 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10246 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10247 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10250 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10252 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10253 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10255 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10256 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10257 places point before the definition.
10258 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10260 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10261 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10262 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10264 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10266 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10267 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10269 See `find-function' for more details.
10271 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10273 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10274 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10276 See `find-function' for more details.
10278 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10280 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10281 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10283 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10284 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10285 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10287 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10288 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10290 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10292 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10293 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10295 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10296 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10297 places point before the definition.
10299 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10301 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10302 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10303 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10305 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10307 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10308 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10310 See `find-variable' for more details.
10312 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10314 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10315 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10317 See `find-variable' for more details.
10319 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10321 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10322 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10323 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10324 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10325 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10326 buffer nor display it.
10328 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10329 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10331 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10333 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10334 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10336 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10337 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10338 places point before the definition.
10340 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10342 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10343 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10344 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10348 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10349 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10350 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10354 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10355 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10359 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10360 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10364 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10365 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10372 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19636 58496))
10373 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10376 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10378 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10380 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10381 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10385 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10386 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10388 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10392 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10393 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19636 58496))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10396 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10397 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10401 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10402 Display FILE's commentary section.
10403 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10407 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10408 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10415 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19636 58496))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10418 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10419 Toggle flow control handling.
10420 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10421 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10423 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10425 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10426 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10427 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10428 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10429 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10430 to get the effect of a C-q.
10432 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10437 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10440 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10445 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10448 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10452 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10453 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19636 58496))
10454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10456 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10457 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10458 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10459 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10463 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10464 Turn flymake mode on.
10468 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10469 Turn flymake mode off.
10475 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10476 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10477 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19636 58496))
10478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10480 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10481 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10484 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10486 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10487 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10488 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10489 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10490 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10491 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10492 otherwise turn it off.
10495 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10496 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10497 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10498 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10501 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10504 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10505 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10506 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10508 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10510 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10511 in your .emacs file.
10513 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10514 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10518 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10519 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10523 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10524 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10528 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10529 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10533 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10534 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10536 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10538 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10539 Flyspell whole buffer.
10545 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10546 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10547 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10548 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10550 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10551 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10555 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10556 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10560 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10561 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10563 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10564 of two major techniques:
10566 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10567 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10568 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10570 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10571 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10572 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10575 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10576 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10577 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10578 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10579 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10582 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10583 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10585 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10587 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10588 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10589 \(This is the default.)
10591 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10593 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10594 \\{follow-mode-map}
10596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10598 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10599 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10601 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10602 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10603 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10604 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10605 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10606 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10608 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10609 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10610 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10612 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10613 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10614 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19636
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10624 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10625 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10626 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10627 started, play around with the following keys:
10628 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10634 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10635 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19636 58496))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10638 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10639 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10641 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10642 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10643 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10644 C-c < forms-first-record <
10645 C-c > forms-last-record >
10646 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10647 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10648 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10649 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10650 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10651 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10652 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10653 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10654 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10655 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10657 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10659 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10660 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10664 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10665 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10672 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10675 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10676 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10677 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10679 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10680 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10682 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10685 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10687 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10689 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10690 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10691 `fortran-do-indent'
10692 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10693 `fortran-if-indent'
10694 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10695 `fortran-structure-indent'
10696 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10698 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10699 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10700 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10701 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10702 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10703 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10704 nil don't change the indentation
10705 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10707 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10708 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10709 depending on the continuation format in use.
10710 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10711 indentation for a line of code.
10713 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10714 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10715 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10716 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10717 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10718 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10719 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10720 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10721 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10722 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10724 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10725 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10726 statements (default nil).
10727 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10728 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10729 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10730 `fortran-continuation-string'
10731 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10732 line (default \"$\").
10733 `fortran-comment-region'
10734 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10735 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10736 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10737 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10738 as typed (default t).
10739 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10740 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10742 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10749 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10750 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19658 61388))
10751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10753 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10754 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10756 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10757 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10759 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10761 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10762 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10764 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10765 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10767 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10769 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10770 Compile fortune file.
10772 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10773 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10775 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10777 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10778 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10780 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10781 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10782 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10783 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10785 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10787 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10788 Display a fortune cookie.
10789 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10790 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10791 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10792 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10794 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10798 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10799 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10802 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-ui" "\
10803 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10804 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10805 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10807 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10808 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10809 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10810 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10812 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10813 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10814 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10815 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10816 some of the buffers.
10818 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10820 The following commands help control operation :
10822 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10823 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10825 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10826 detailed description of this mode.
10828 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10830 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10831 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10832 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10834 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10836 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10837 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10838 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10840 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10841 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10842 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10845 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
10847 (defalias 'gdba
'gdb
)
10849 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10850 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10852 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-ui" t
)
10856 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10857 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19636
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10861 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
10862 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10863 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10864 instead (which see).")
10866 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
10867 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10869 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10870 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10871 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10872 documentation string instead.
10874 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10875 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10876 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10877 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10878 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10879 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10880 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10881 enders are actually possible.
10883 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10884 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10886 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10887 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10888 `font-lock-keywords'.
10890 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10891 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10892 runs the macro expansion.
10894 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10895 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10896 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10898 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10900 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
10902 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
10903 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10905 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
10907 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
10908 Enter generic mode MODE.
10910 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10911 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10912 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10914 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10915 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10919 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
10920 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10921 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10922 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10923 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10924 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10925 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10926 `font-lock-keywords'.
10928 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
10932 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10933 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10936 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
10937 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10938 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10939 at places they belong to.
10941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10945 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10946 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10947 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10950 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
10951 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10952 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10954 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
10956 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
10957 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10959 Guideline for numbers:
10961 3 - non-serious error messages
10962 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10963 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10964 9 - messages inside loops.
10966 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10968 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
10969 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10970 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10972 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10974 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
10975 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10977 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
10979 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
10980 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10982 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10983 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10984 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10985 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10986 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10987 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10989 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10990 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10991 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10992 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10993 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10995 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10997 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11002 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19636 58496))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11004 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11005 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11007 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11008 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11012 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11014 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11015 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11016 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11017 name of an NNTP server to use.
11018 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11021 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11023 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11024 Read news as a slave.
11026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11028 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11029 Pop up a frame to read news.
11030 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11031 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11032 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11033 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11034 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11035 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11036 current display is used.
11038 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11040 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11042 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11043 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11044 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11046 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11051 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11052 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11053 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11054 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11055 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19636 58496))
11056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11058 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11059 Start Gnus unplugged.
11063 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11064 Start Gnus plugged.
11068 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11069 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11073 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11074 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11076 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11077 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11078 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11080 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11081 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11082 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11086 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11087 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11091 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11092 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11093 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11094 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11095 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11098 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11100 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11101 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11102 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11103 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11104 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11107 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11109 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11110 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11115 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11116 downloaded into the agent.
11118 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11120 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11121 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11122 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11123 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11125 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11127 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11128 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11132 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11133 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11137 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11138 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11139 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11141 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11145 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11146 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11149 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11150 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11160 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play
"gnus-audio" "\
11161 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11168 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19636 58496))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11171 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11172 Set a bookmark for this article.
11176 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11177 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11179 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11181 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11182 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11192 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11193 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19636
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11197 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11198 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11201 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11205 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11206 Generate the cache active file.
11208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11210 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11211 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11215 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11216 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11217 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11218 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11219 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11222 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11224 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11225 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11226 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11227 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11228 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11231 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11235 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11236 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19636 58496))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11239 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11240 Delay this article by some time.
11241 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11243 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11244 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11246 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11247 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11249 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11250 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11252 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11254 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11255 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11259 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11260 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11261 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11262 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11264 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11265 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11267 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11271 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11272 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19636 58496))
11273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11275 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11278 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11280 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11283 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11287 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11288 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11291 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11292 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11299 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11302 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11303 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11310 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11311 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19636
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11315 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11316 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11320 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11321 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11325 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11326 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11328 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11329 different input formats.
11333 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11334 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11336 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11337 different input formats.
11341 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11342 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11343 The PNG is returned as a string.
11345 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11347 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11348 Convert FILE to a Face.
11349 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11352 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11357 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19636 58496))
11358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11360 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11361 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11362 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11363 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11365 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11367 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11368 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11370 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11374 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11375 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11378 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11380 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11381 Run batched scoring.
11382 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11389 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11390 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11393 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11398 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11399 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11400 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11402 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11404 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11405 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11407 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11414 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11415 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11418 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11419 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11420 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11421 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11424 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11425 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11426 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11427 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11429 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11430 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11431 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11432 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11433 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11434 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11435 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11436 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11437 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11438 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11440 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11442 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11443 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11444 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11447 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11448 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11450 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11452 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11453 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11454 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11456 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11460 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11461 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11462 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11464 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11466 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11467 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11468 existing groups are considered.
11470 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11471 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11474 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11475 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11476 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11477 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11478 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11479 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11480 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11481 clauses will be generated.
11483 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11484 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11485 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11486 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11487 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11488 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11490 For example, given the following group parameters:
11493 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11494 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11496 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11497 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11498 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11499 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11501 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11503 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11505 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11507 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11508 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11511 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11515 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11516 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11519 (autoload 'gnus-change-server
"gnus-move" "\
11520 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11521 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11523 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil
)
11527 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11528 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19636 58496))
11529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11531 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11532 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11533 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11534 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11536 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil
)
11538 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11541 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11543 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11544 Like `message-reply'.
11546 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11548 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11553 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19636 58496))
11554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11556 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups
"gnus-nocem" "\
11557 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11561 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache
"gnus-nocem" "\
11562 Load the NoCeM cache.
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11569 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11570 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11573 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11574 Display picons in the From header.
11575 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11579 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11580 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11581 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11585 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11586 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11587 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11594 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11595 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11596 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11597 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19636 58496))
11598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11600 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11601 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11602 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11603 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11605 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11607 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11608 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11609 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11612 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11614 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11615 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11616 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11618 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11620 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11623 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11625 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11626 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11627 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11629 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11632 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11633 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11635 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11637 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11639 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11640 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11641 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11643 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11645 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11646 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11647 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11649 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11652 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11657 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11658 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11660 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11664 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11665 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19636 58496))
11666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11668 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11669 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11673 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11674 Install the registry hooks.
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11681 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19636
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11685 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11686 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11687 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11688 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11689 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11690 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11694 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11695 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11696 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11697 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11698 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11702 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11709 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11710 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11713 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup
"gnus-soup" "\
11714 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11715 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11716 for matching on group names.
11718 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11719 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11721 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11723 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11730 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11733 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11734 Update the format specification near point.
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11741 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19636
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11745 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11746 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11748 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11750 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
"gnus-start" "\
11757 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11758 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
11759 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11761 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11762 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11764 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11768 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19658 61388))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11771 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11772 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11774 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11775 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11776 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11778 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11779 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11780 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11782 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11783 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11785 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11786 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11788 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11790 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11795 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19636
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11799 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11801 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11802 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11803 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11804 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11805 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11807 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11809 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11810 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11811 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11813 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11814 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11816 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11817 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11820 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11822 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11823 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11827 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11828 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11835 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11836 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19636 58496))
11837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11839 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
11840 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11842 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
11844 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
11845 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11846 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11847 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11848 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11850 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11851 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11852 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11854 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
11856 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
11857 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11858 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11859 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11860 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11862 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
11864 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
11865 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11867 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
11869 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
11870 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11872 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
11873 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11874 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11876 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
11877 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11878 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11880 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
11881 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11882 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11883 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11885 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
11886 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11887 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11888 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11889 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11891 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11893 (defvar grep-history nil
)
11895 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
11897 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
11898 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11899 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11903 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
11908 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
11909 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11913 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
11914 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11915 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11916 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11919 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11920 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11922 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11923 can easily repeat a grep command.
11925 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11926 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11927 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11930 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11932 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
11933 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11934 Collect output in a buffer.
11935 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11936 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11938 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11939 easily repeat a find command.
11941 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11943 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
11945 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
11946 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11947 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11948 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11949 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11951 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11952 before it is executed.
11953 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11955 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11956 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11957 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11959 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11961 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11963 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
11964 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11965 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11966 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11967 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11969 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11970 before it is executed.
11971 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11973 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11974 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11975 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11977 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11979 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11981 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
11982 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11983 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11984 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11986 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
11988 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
11992 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19636 58496))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11995 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
11996 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11997 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11998 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11999 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12001 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12005 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12006 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19636 58496))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12009 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12010 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12011 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12012 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12014 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12016 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12017 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12018 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12019 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12021 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12023 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12024 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12025 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12026 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12028 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12030 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12031 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12032 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12033 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12035 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12036 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12038 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12040 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12041 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12042 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12043 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12045 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12047 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12048 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12049 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12050 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12052 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12054 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12055 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12056 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12057 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12058 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12060 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12061 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12062 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12063 original source file access method.
12065 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12066 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12068 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12069 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode
))
12073 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12074 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12078 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12079 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12080 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12083 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12085 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12087 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12088 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19636
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12098 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12099 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12100 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12101 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12103 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12104 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12105 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12106 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12113 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12116 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12117 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12119 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12121 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12122 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12123 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12124 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12126 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12130 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12131 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12132 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12133 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12141 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12142 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19636 58496))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12145 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12146 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12150 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12151 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12152 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12156 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12157 Verify a hashcash payment
12159 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12161 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12162 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12163 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12164 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12165 `mail-add-payment-async').
12167 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12169 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12170 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12171 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12172 Calculation is asynchronous.
12174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12176 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12177 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12178 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12185 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12186 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12187 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19636 58496))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12190 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12191 Return the help-echo string at point.
12192 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12193 property, or nil, is returned.
12194 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12195 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12196 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12198 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12200 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12201 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12202 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12203 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12204 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12208 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12209 Display local help in the echo area.
12210 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12211 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12212 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12215 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12216 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12217 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12221 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12222 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12223 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12227 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12228 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12229 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12233 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12234 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12235 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12236 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12237 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12238 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12239 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12240 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12241 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12242 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12243 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12245 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12246 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12247 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12248 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12249 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12251 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12252 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12253 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12254 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12255 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12256 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12257 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12258 The default is `never'.")
12260 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12262 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12263 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12264 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12265 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12266 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12267 considered different regions.
12269 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12270 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12271 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12272 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12273 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12274 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12275 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12276 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12277 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12279 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12281 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12282 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12283 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12284 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12287 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12288 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12289 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12290 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12291 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12292 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12293 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12294 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12296 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12297 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12298 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12299 rarely happens in practice.
12301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12303 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12304 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12305 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12306 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12307 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12308 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12314 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12315 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12316 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12317 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12320 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12321 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12323 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12325 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12326 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12327 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12329 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12331 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12332 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12333 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12334 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12335 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12336 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12337 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12338 search for a function definition.
12340 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12341 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12342 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12343 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12344 suitable file is found, return nil.
12346 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12348 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12351 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12353 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12354 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12355 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12356 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12358 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12360 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12361 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12362 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12363 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12364 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12365 it is displayed along with the global value.
12367 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12369 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12370 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12371 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12372 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12376 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12377 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12378 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12379 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12380 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12387 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12390 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12391 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12392 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12393 window listing and describing the options.
12394 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12395 gives the window that lists the options.")
12397 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12402 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12403 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19636
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12407 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12408 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12409 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12415 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12420 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12425 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12426 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12428 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12429 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12430 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12431 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12433 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12434 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12435 restore it properly when going back.
12437 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12439 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12440 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12441 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12443 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12444 exists, it is created.
12448 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12449 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12451 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12452 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12453 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12454 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12455 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12456 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12457 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12458 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12460 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12461 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12462 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12463 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12465 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12466 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12469 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12471 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12472 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12473 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12474 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12475 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12476 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12478 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12480 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12481 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12482 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12483 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12484 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12486 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12488 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12489 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12495 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19636 58496))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12499 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12500 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12504 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12505 Provide help for current mode.
12511 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12512 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19636 58496))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12515 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12516 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12517 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12518 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12519 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12521 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12522 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12524 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12525 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12526 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12527 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12529 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12530 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12533 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12538 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12539 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12540 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12541 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12542 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12543 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12544 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12545 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12546 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12547 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12548 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12549 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12550 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12551 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12552 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12554 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12555 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12556 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12558 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12561 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12563 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12564 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12565 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12567 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12568 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12569 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12571 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12572 into the buffer at the current point.
12574 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12575 into the buffer at the current point.
12577 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12578 into the buffer at the current point.
12580 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12582 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12583 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12585 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12587 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12591 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12592 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12593 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12594 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12596 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12598 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12599 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12600 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12606 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12607 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12608 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12609 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12612 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12613 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12615 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12616 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12617 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12618 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12619 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12620 called interactively, are:
12622 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12623 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12625 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12626 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12627 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12628 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12630 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12631 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12633 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12634 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12636 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12637 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12638 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12639 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12640 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12641 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12642 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12643 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12644 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12645 function returns t.
12647 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12648 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12650 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12651 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12654 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12655 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12656 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12657 Patterns will be read until
12659 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12663 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12664 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12665 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12668 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12670 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12672 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12673 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12674 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12676 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12677 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12678 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12682 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12684 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12685 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12687 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12688 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12689 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12690 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12691 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12693 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12695 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12697 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12698 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12700 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12701 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12702 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12703 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12704 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12708 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12710 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12711 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12713 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12714 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12718 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12720 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12721 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12723 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12724 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12725 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12726 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12727 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12729 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12731 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12732 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12734 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12735 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12736 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12743 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12746 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12747 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12748 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12749 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12750 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12751 how the hiding is done:
12754 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12755 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12758 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12759 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12760 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12761 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12762 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12765 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12766 #endif lines when hiding.
12768 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12769 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12772 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12773 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12774 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12776 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12782 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12783 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12786 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
12787 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12788 Each element has the form
12789 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12791 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12792 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12794 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12795 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12797 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12798 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12799 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12800 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12801 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12802 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12804 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12805 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12807 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12808 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12810 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12811 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12812 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12814 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12815 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12816 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12817 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12818 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12820 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12821 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12822 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12824 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12825 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12827 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12830 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12834 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
12835 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12842 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12843 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12844 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12845 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19636
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12849 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12850 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12852 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12854 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12855 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12856 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12859 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12860 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12861 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12862 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12863 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12864 through various faces.
12865 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12866 buffer with the contents of a file
12867 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12871 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12872 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12874 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12875 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12876 in a distinctive face.
12878 The default value can be customized with variable
12879 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12881 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12885 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
12886 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12887 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12889 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
12891 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12892 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12896 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12897 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12901 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
12902 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12904 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12905 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12906 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12907 shown in the last face in the list.
12909 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12910 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12911 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12913 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12917 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
12918 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12920 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12922 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12925 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12926 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12928 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12929 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12930 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12932 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
12934 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
12935 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12937 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12938 this function is called interactively.
12940 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12941 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12942 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12944 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12945 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12946 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12948 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
12950 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
12951 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12952 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12955 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12957 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
12959 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12960 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12961 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12963 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12964 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12965 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12972 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12973 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12974 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12975 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19636 58496))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12978 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
12979 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12980 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12981 or insert functions in this list.")
12983 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
12985 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
12986 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12988 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
12990 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
12991 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12993 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
12995 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
12996 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12998 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13000 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13001 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13003 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13005 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13006 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13007 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13009 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13011 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13012 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13013 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13016 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13018 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13019 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13020 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13021 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13022 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13024 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13026 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13027 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13028 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13029 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13030 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13032 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13033 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13034 undoes the expansion.
13038 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13039 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13040 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13041 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13043 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13048 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13051 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13052 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13053 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13055 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13056 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13057 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13058 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13059 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13061 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13062 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13063 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13064 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13068 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13069 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13070 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13072 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13073 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13075 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13077 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13078 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13079 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13081 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13082 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13088 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13089 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13090 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13091 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13092 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19636 58496))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13095 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13096 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13099 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13101 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13103 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13105 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13111 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13113 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13115 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13117 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13119 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13121 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13123 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13125 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13126 User defined holidays.
13127 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13129 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13131 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13133 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13136 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13138 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13140 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13141 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13143 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13145 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13146 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13148 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13150 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13151 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13153 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13155 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13157 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13159 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13161 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13163 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13165 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13166 Christian holidays.
13167 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13169 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13171 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13173 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13175 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13177 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13179 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13181 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13183 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13185 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13187 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13189 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13191 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13193 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13195 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13196 Sun-related holidays.
13197 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13199 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13201 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13203 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13205 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13207 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13208 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13209 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13210 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13214 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13215 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13216 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13217 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13218 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13220 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13221 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13223 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13224 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13226 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13227 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13228 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13229 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13232 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13234 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13236 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13240 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19636
13242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13244 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13245 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13251 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13252 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19636 58496))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13255 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13256 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13257 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13258 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13261 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13262 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13265 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13266 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13268 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13269 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13270 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13272 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13274 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13275 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13276 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13278 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13280 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13284 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13285 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19636
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13289 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13290 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13292 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13293 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13294 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13296 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13297 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13298 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13299 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13300 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13301 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13303 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13304 title of the column.
13306 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13307 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13308 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13309 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13310 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13312 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13314 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13315 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13316 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13317 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13318 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13320 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13321 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13322 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13324 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13326 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13327 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13328 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13329 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13330 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13331 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13333 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13334 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13335 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13336 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13337 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13338 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13339 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13340 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13342 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13343 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13344 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13345 buffer's modification flag.
13346 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13347 prompted before performing this operation.
13348 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13349 operation is complete, in the form:
13350 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13351 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13352 confirmation message, in the form:
13353 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13354 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13355 macro for exactly what it does.
13357 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13359 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13360 Define a filter named NAME.
13361 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13362 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13363 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13365 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13366 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13367 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13368 bound to the current value of the filter.
13370 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13375 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19636 58496))
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13378 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13379 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13380 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13381 buffers which are visiting a file.
13383 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13385 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13386 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13387 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13388 buffers which are visiting a file.
13390 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13392 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13393 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13394 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13396 All arguments are optional.
13397 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13398 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13399 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13400 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13401 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13402 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13403 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13404 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13405 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13406 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13407 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13408 that value locally in this buffer.
13410 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13414 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13415 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13416 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19636 58496))
13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13419 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13420 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13421 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13422 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13424 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13426 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13427 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13428 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13429 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13431 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13432 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13433 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13435 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13437 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13438 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13439 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13440 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13441 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13442 non-marking or not.
13444 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13446 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13447 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13449 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13450 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13453 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13454 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13455 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13457 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13460 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13461 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13462 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13464 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13468 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19636
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13472 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13473 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13474 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13477 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13479 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13481 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13482 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13483 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13484 otherwise turn it off.
13486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13490 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19636 58496))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13493 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13494 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13495 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13496 Tab indents for Icon code.
13497 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13498 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13500 Variables controlling indentation style:
13501 icon-tab-always-indent
13502 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13503 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13505 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13506 inserted in Icon code.
13508 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13509 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13510 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13511 icon-continued-statement-offset
13512 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13513 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13514 icon-continued-brace-offset
13515 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13516 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13518 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13519 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13520 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13521 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13523 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13524 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13530 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13531 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
13532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13534 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13535 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13536 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13537 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13539 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13540 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13543 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13544 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13546 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13547 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13548 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13550 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13552 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13556 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13557 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
13558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13560 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13561 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13563 The main features of this mode are
13565 1. Indentation and Formatting
13566 --------------------------
13567 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13568 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13570 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13571 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13572 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13573 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13575 Comments are indented as follows:
13577 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13578 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13579 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13581 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13583 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13584 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13585 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13586 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13587 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13588 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13590 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13591 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13592 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13593 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13597 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13598 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13599 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13600 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13601 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13602 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13603 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13604 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13605 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13606 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13611 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13612 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13613 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13614 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13618 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13619 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13620 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13621 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13622 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13625 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13626 --------------------------------
13627 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13628 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13630 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13631 \\fu FUNCTION template
13632 \\c CASE statement template
13633 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13634 \\f FOR loop template
13635 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13636 \\w WHILE loop template
13637 \\i IF statement template
13638 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13641 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13642 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13644 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13645 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13646 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13647 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13649 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13650 -------------------------
13651 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13652 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13654 7. Automatic END completion
13655 ------------------------
13656 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13657 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13661 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13662 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13664 9. Documentation and Customization
13665 -------------------------------
13666 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13667 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13668 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13669 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13670 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13674 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13675 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13676 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13678 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13684 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13685 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13686 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13687 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13688 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13689 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13690 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13691 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19636
13693 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13695 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13696 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13697 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13698 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13700 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13701 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13702 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13705 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13707 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13709 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13710 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13711 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13712 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13713 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13714 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13715 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13716 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13717 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13721 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13722 Switch to another buffer.
13723 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13724 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13727 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13728 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13729 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13730 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13731 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13733 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13734 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13736 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13737 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13739 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13740 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13741 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13742 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13743 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13744 in a separate window.
13745 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13746 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13747 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13748 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13749 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13750 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13751 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13752 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13753 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13757 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13758 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13759 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13764 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13765 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13766 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13771 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13773 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13778 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13779 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13780 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13785 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13786 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13787 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13788 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13792 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13793 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13797 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13798 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13799 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13800 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13801 visible in another frame.
13803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13804 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13805 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13806 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13807 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13808 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13810 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13811 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13813 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13814 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13816 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13817 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13818 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13819 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13820 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13821 in a separate window.
13822 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13823 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13824 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13825 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13826 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13827 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13828 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13829 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13830 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13831 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13832 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13833 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13834 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13835 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13836 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13840 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
13841 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13847 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
13848 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13854 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
13855 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13861 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
13862 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13868 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
13869 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13875 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
13876 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13882 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
13883 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13889 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
13890 Write current buffer to a file.
13891 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13896 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
13897 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13898 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13903 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
13904 Call `dired' the ido way.
13905 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13910 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
13911 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13912 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13913 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13914 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13915 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
13919 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
13920 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13921 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13922 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13924 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
13926 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
13927 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13928 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13929 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13931 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
13933 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
13934 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13935 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13936 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13937 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13938 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13939 with `completing-read'.
13940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13941 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13942 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13943 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13944 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13945 with point positioned at the end.
13946 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13947 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13949 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19636 58496))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13955 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
13957 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
13958 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13959 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13965 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13966 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13969 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13970 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13974 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13975 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13981 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13982 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13983 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13984 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13985 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19636 58496))
13986 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13988 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
13989 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13990 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13993 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
13995 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
13996 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14002 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14003 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14004 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14007 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14009 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14010 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14011 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14014 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14016 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14017 Determine and return image type.
14018 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14019 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14020 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14021 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14022 use its file extension as image type.
14023 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14025 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14027 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14028 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14029 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14031 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14033 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14034 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14035 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14037 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14038 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14039 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14040 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14045 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14047 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14048 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14049 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14050 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14051 use its file extension as image type.
14052 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14053 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14054 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14055 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14057 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14059 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14060 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14061 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14063 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14065 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14066 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14067 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14068 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14069 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14070 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14071 POS may be an integer or marker.
14072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14075 means display it in the right marginal area.
14077 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14079 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14080 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14081 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14082 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14083 defaulted if you omit it.
14084 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14085 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14086 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14087 means display it in the right marginal area.
14088 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14089 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14090 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14091 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14092 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14094 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14096 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14097 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14098 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14099 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14100 defaulted if you omit it.
14101 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14102 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14103 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14104 means display it in the right marginal area.
14105 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14107 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14109 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14110 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14111 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14112 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14114 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14116 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14117 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14119 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14121 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14122 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14123 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14124 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14125 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14126 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14127 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14128 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14131 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14133 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14135 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14137 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14138 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14140 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14141 documentation string.
14143 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14144 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14145 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14146 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14147 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14148 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14149 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14154 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14155 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14157 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14161 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14162 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14163 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14164 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14165 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14166 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14167 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14168 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19636 58496))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14171 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14172 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14176 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14179 Convenience command that:
14181 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14182 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14183 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14186 image files in dired and type
14187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14196 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14199 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14208 instead of erasing it first.
14210 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14211 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14212 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14219 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14227 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14229 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14231 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14232 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14236 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14242 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14247 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14254 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14259 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14269 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14270 Display current image file.
14271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14281 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14286 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14287 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14291 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14300 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14301 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14302 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19636 58496))
14303 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14305 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14306 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14307 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14308 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14310 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14311 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14312 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14313 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14315 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14317 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14318 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14319 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14320 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14322 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14323 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14324 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14325 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14327 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14329 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14330 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14334 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14335 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14336 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14337 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14339 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14341 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14342 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14343 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14346 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14348 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14350 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14351 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14352 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14353 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14355 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14363 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14364 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19636 58496))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14366 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14367 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14368 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14369 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14370 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14371 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14372 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14373 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14374 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14376 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14377 Major mode for image files.
14378 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14379 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14383 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14384 Toggle Image minor mode.
14385 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14386 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14387 to display an image file as the actual image.
14389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14391 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14392 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14393 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14394 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14395 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14396 to display an image file as the actual image.
14398 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14399 to display an image file as text initially.
14401 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14406 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14409 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14413 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14414 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19636 58496))
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14417 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14418 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14420 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14422 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14423 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14426 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14428 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14429 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14430 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14432 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14434 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14435 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14437 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14438 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14439 pattern's structure.
14441 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14442 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14443 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14445 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14449 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14450 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14452 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14453 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14454 called within a `save-excursion'.
14456 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14458 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14460 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14461 Function for finding the next index position.
14463 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14464 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14465 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14468 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14469 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14471 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14473 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14474 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14476 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14477 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14478 It should return the name for that index item.")
14480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14482 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14483 Function to compare string with index item.
14485 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14486 non-nil if they match.
14488 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14489 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14490 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14491 arguments match\".")
14493 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14495 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14496 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14497 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14499 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14500 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14502 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14506 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14507 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14508 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14509 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14513 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14514 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14516 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14520 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14521 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14522 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14523 for more information.
14525 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14529 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14530 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14531 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19636 58496))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14534 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14535 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14537 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14539 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14542 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14544 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14547 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14549 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14552 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14554 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14555 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14557 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14562 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14563 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19636 58496))
14564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14566 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14567 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14568 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14569 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14570 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14572 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14574 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14575 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14577 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14579 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14580 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14581 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14582 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14583 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14584 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14585 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14586 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14588 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14590 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14591 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14592 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14593 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14594 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14596 This variable is only used if the variable
14597 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14599 More precise choices:
14600 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14601 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14604 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14606 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14608 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14609 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14611 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14612 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14613 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14615 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14616 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14617 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14621 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14623 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14627 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14628 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14629 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14630 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14631 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14634 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14635 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14637 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14638 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14639 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14641 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14642 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14643 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14644 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14645 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14646 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14647 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14648 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14649 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14650 with the top-level Info directory.
14652 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14653 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14654 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14655 appended to the Info buffer name.
14657 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14658 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14659 in all the directories in that path.
14661 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14663 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14665 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14666 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14670 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14671 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14672 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14673 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14677 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14678 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14679 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14680 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14682 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14684 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14685 Go to the Info directory node.
14689 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14690 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14691 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14692 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14693 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14694 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14696 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14698 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14699 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14700 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14702 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14704 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14705 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14709 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14710 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14711 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14712 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14713 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14715 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14716 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14718 Selecting other nodes:
14719 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14720 Follow a node reference you click on.
14721 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14722 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14723 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14724 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14725 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14726 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14727 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14728 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14729 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14730 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14731 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14732 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14733 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14734 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14735 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14736 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14737 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14738 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14739 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14740 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14742 Moving within a node:
14743 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14744 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14745 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14746 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14747 move up to the parent node.
14748 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14749 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14751 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14754 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14755 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14756 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14757 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14758 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14759 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14760 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14761 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14762 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14763 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14764 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14765 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14766 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14767 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14768 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14769 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14772 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14774 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14775 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14776 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14777 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14778 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14779 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14781 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14782 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14784 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14785 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14787 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14788 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14789 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14790 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14794 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14795 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14796 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14800 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
14801 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14802 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14804 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14808 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14809 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14810 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
14811 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14813 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
14814 Throw away all cached data.
14815 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14816 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14820 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
14822 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
14823 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14824 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14825 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14826 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14827 one found at point.
14829 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14831 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14832 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
14834 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
14835 Display the documentation of a file.
14836 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14837 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14838 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14839 The default file name is the one found at point.
14841 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14843 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14845 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
14846 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14848 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14850 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
14851 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14853 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14857 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14858 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19636 58496))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14861 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
14862 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14864 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
14866 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
14867 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14868 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14872 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
14873 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14874 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14876 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14877 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14885 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19636 58496))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14888 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
14889 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14891 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
14893 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
14894 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14896 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
14898 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
14899 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14900 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14901 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14903 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14904 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14905 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14907 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14908 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14909 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14910 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14914 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
14915 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14916 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14920 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
14921 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14922 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14923 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14924 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14931 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14932 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14935 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14936 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14940 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14941 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14945 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
14948 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
14952 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19636
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14956 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
14957 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14958 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14959 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14960 accessed via isearchb.
14966 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14967 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14968 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14969 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19636 58496))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14972 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
14973 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14974 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14975 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14976 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14978 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14980 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
14981 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14982 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14983 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14984 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14986 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14988 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
14989 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14990 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14991 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14992 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14996 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14997 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14998 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14999 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15000 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15002 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15004 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15005 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15006 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15007 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15008 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15010 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15012 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15013 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15014 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15015 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15016 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15018 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15020 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15021 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15022 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15023 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15024 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15026 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15028 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15029 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15030 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15031 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15033 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15035 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15036 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15037 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15038 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15040 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15042 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15043 Warn that format is read-only.
15045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15047 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15048 Warn that format is write-only.
15050 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15052 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15053 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15060 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
15061 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15062 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15063 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15064 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15068 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15069 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15070 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15071 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15072 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19636 58496))
15073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15074 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15076 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15077 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15078 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15079 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15080 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15082 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15083 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15085 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15086 Key map for ispell menu.")
15088 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15089 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15090 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15091 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15093 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15097 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15099 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15101 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15102 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15103 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15104 Valid forms include:
15105 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15106 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15107 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15108 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15110 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15111 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15112 First list is used raw.
15113 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15115 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15116 for skipping in latex mode.")
15118 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15119 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15120 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15121 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15122 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15123 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15124 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15126 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15127 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15128 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15129 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15131 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15132 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15133 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15134 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15135 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15137 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15138 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15140 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15141 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15143 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15144 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15146 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15147 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15150 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15151 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15152 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15153 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15154 quit spell session exited.
15156 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15158 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15159 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15160 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15162 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15164 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15165 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15169 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15170 SPC: Accept word this time.
15171 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15172 `a': Accept word for this session.
15173 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15174 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15175 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15176 `?': Show these commands.
15177 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15178 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15179 the aborted check to be completed later.
15180 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15181 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15182 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15183 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15184 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15185 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15186 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15190 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15191 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15192 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15194 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15196 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15197 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15198 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15199 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15201 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15203 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15205 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15206 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15207 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15208 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15210 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15212 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15213 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15217 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15218 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15222 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15223 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15227 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15228 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15229 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15230 sequence inside of a word.
15232 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15234 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15236 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15237 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15241 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15242 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15243 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15244 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15246 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15247 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15248 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15249 available on the net.
15253 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15254 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15255 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15256 otherwise turn it off.
15258 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15259 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15261 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15262 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15266 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15267 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15268 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15269 Don't check included messages.
15271 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15272 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15273 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15275 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15276 in your .emacs file:
15277 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15278 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15279 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15280 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15282 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15283 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15284 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15290 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19636
15292 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15294 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15295 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15296 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15298 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15299 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15301 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15303 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15304 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15305 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15306 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15307 `iswitchb' for details.
15309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15313 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15314 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15315 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15316 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19636 58496))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15319 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15324 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15325 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15328 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15329 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15330 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15331 necessary to represent OBJ.
15333 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15335 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15336 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15337 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15338 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15340 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15342 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15343 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15344 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15345 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15346 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15348 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15350 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15351 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15352 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15353 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15355 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15357 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15358 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15359 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15360 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15362 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15364 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15365 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15367 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15369 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15370 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15371 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15372 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15373 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15375 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15377 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15378 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15379 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15380 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15381 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15383 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15385 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15386 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15387 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15389 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15393 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15394 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19636 58496))
15395 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15397 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15398 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15399 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15400 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15402 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15405 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15407 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15408 Uninstall jka-compr.
15409 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15410 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15411 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15417 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19636 58496))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15420 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15421 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15429 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15433 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15434 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15435 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
15436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15438 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15439 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15441 decimal key must be specified.")
15443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15445 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15446 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15447 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15448 decimal key must be specified.")
15450 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15452 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15453 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15454 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15455 decimal key must be specified.")
15457 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15459 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15460 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15461 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15462 decimal key must be specified.")
15464 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15466 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15467 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15468 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15469 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15470 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15474 -------------------------------------------------------------
15475 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15476 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15477 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15478 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15479 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15480 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15481 in the global and local keymaps.
15483 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15484 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15486 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15490 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15491 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15494 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15495 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15496 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15498 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15499 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15500 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15501 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15504 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15505 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15506 the context of text formatting.
15508 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19636
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15516 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15517 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15518 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15519 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15520 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15521 positions that contains the current selection.")
15523 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15524 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15525 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15526 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15527 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15528 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15529 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15531 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15535 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15536 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15537 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15538 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19636 58496))
15539 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15540 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15541 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15542 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15543 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15544 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15545 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15546 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15548 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15549 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15551 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15553 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15554 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15555 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15556 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15557 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15559 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15561 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15562 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15563 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15565 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15566 defining the macro.
15568 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15569 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15570 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15572 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15573 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15577 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15578 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15579 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15580 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15581 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15584 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15585 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15586 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15590 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15591 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15592 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15594 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15595 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15596 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15597 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15599 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15600 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15602 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15604 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15605 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15606 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15608 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15611 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15612 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15614 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15615 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15616 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15618 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15619 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15623 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15624 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15625 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15626 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15628 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15631 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15632 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15633 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15635 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15636 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15641 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15642 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15648 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15649 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19636 58496))
15650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15652 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15653 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15654 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15656 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15664 ;;;;;; (19658 61388))
15665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15667 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15669 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15670 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15674 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15676 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15677 Start or resume an Lm game.
15678 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15679 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15681 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15682 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15683 none / 1 | yes | no
15688 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15689 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15690 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15696 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15697 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15698 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19636 58496))
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15701 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15704 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15706 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15707 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15708 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15709 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15710 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15711 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15713 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15714 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15716 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15718 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15719 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15721 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15723 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15726 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15728 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15731 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15735 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15736 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15737 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19636 58496))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15740 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15741 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15742 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15743 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15745 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15747 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15748 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15749 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15751 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15753 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15754 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15755 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15759 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15760 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15761 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15762 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15764 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15769 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19636 58496))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15772 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15773 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15774 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15775 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15776 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15777 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15778 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15779 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15781 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15782 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15785 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15787 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15789 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15790 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15791 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15792 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15793 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15794 `latin1-display-setup'.
15796 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15798 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15799 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15800 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15801 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15804 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15806 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15810 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15811 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15814 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15816 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15820 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15821 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15827 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15828 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15831 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15832 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15834 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15835 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15837 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15838 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15840 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15841 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15842 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15843 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15844 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15845 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15846 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15847 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15848 and transmit saved text.
15851 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15852 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15856 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15863 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19636 58496))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15866 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15867 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15868 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15869 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15870 generations (this defaults to 1).
15872 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15876 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15877 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19636 58496))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15880 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15881 Format used to display line numbers.
15882 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15883 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15884 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15885 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15887 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15889 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15890 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15894 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15895 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15896 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15898 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15899 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15901 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15903 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15904 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15905 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15907 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15908 `linum-on' would do it.
15909 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19636
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15919 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15920 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15921 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15922 is nil, raise an error.
15924 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15925 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15926 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15927 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15928 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15929 defined by the library.
15931 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15932 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15933 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15934 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15935 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15938 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15939 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15940 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15941 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15943 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15947 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15948 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19662 53673))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15951 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15952 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15953 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15955 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15957 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15958 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15959 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15960 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15962 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15963 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15964 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15965 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15966 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15967 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15970 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15971 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15973 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15974 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15976 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
15977 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
15979 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15981 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15982 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15983 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15984 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15985 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15986 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15987 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15988 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15989 to constrain a big search.
15991 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15993 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15994 except that FILTER is not optional.
15996 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16000 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19661 52402))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16003 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16004 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16005 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16007 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16008 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16009 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16010 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16011 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16013 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16014 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16015 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16016 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16017 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16019 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16020 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16021 uses the current buffer.
16023 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16027 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19661
16029 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16031 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16032 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16038 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19636
16040 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16042 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16043 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16044 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16045 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16046 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16048 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16049 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16050 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16052 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16053 are indicated with a symbol.
16055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16059 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16060 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19636
16062 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16064 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16066 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16068 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16069 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16070 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16072 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16073 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16075 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16076 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16077 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16078 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16079 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16080 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16081 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16083 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16085 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16086 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16087 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16088 switch on this list.
16089 See `lpr-command'.")
16091 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16093 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16094 Name of program for printing a file.
16096 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16097 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16098 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16099 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16100 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16101 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16104 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16106 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16107 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16108 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16109 for customization of the printer command.
16113 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16114 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16116 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16117 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16118 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16119 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16121 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16122 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16124 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16125 for further customization of the printer command.
16129 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16130 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16131 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16132 for customization of the printer command.
16134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16136 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16137 Paginate and print the region contents.
16139 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16140 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16141 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16142 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16144 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16145 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16147 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16148 for further customization of the printer command.
16150 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16155 ;;;;;; (19672 43471))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16158 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16159 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16160 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16162 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16166 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19636
16168 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16170 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16171 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16172 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16173 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16177 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16181 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19636
16183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16185 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16186 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16194 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16197 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16198 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16199 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16200 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16201 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16203 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16207 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16208 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19636 58496))
16209 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16211 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16212 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16213 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16214 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16215 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16217 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16219 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16220 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16221 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16222 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16224 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16225 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16226 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16227 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16230 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16231 use this command, and then save the file.
16233 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16235 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16236 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16237 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16238 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16239 each time the macro executes.
16240 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16241 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16242 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16243 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16244 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16245 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16246 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16250 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16251 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16252 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16253 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16255 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16256 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16257 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16260 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16261 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16263 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16264 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16265 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16266 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16267 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16269 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16272 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16273 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16274 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16276 You could enter the names in this format:
16282 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16285 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16288 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16289 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16291 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16292 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16296 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16297 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19636 58496))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16300 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16301 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16302 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16303 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16304 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16305 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16307 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16308 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16309 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16310 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16311 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16313 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16314 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16315 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16318 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16320 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16321 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16323 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16328 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16329 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16332 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16333 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16337 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16342 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16343 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16345 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16347 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16348 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16349 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16352 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16359 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16360 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16361 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16364 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16365 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16366 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16367 often correct parser.")
16369 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16371 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16372 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16374 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16377 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16378 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16379 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16381 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16384 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16385 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16386 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16388 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16390 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16391 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16392 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16393 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16395 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16397 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16398 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16399 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16400 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16401 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16402 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16403 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16404 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16405 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16408 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16410 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16411 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16412 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16413 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16414 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16415 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16416 matches may be returned from the message body.
16418 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16422 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16423 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19636
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16427 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16428 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16429 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16431 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16432 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16434 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16436 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16437 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16441 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16442 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16446 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16447 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16448 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16450 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16452 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16453 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16454 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16456 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16457 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16458 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16461 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16465 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16466 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19636
16468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16470 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16471 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16472 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16474 If `parens', they look like:
16475 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16476 If `angles', they look like:
16477 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16479 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16481 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16482 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16483 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16484 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16485 their `Resent-' variants.
16487 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16488 removed from alias expansions.
16490 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16492 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16493 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16494 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16496 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16497 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16498 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16499 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16501 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16503 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16504 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16505 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16506 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16512 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16513 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16516 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16517 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16518 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16519 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16525 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16526 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16527 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19636 58496))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16530 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16531 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16533 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16534 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16535 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16536 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16537 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16538 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16540 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16541 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16542 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16543 dependency, despite the colon.
16545 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16547 In the browser, use the following keys:
16549 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16551 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16553 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16554 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16556 `makefile-target-colon':
16557 The string that gets appended to all target names
16558 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16559 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16561 `makefile-macro-assign':
16562 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16563 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16564 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16565 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16566 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16567 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16569 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16570 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16571 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16573 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16574 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16576 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16577 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16578 up or down in the browser.
16580 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16581 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16583 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16584 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16586 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16587 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16588 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16589 has been selected in the browser.
16591 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16592 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16593 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16594 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16595 filenames are omitted.
16597 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16598 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16599 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16600 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16601 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16602 the backslash itself intact.
16603 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16604 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16606 `makefile-browser-hook':
16607 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16608 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16610 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16611 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16612 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16613 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16617 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16618 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16622 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16623 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16627 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16628 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16632 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16633 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16637 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16638 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16644 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19636
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16648 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16649 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16650 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19641 1152))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16659 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16661 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16662 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16663 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16664 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16665 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16666 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16667 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16668 page, it will display immediately.
16670 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16671 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16672 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16677 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16678 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16679 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16680 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16684 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16685 otherwise look like a page name.
16690 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16691 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16692 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16696 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16698 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16699 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16701 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19636 58496))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16708 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16709 Toggle Master mode.
16710 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16711 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16712 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16714 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16715 following commands:
16717 \\{master-mode-map}
16719 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16720 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16721 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16727 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16728 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16731 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16732 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16733 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16736 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16738 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16740 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16741 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16742 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16743 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16744 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16746 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16747 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16754 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16755 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16756 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16757 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16758 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16759 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19636 58496))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16762 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16764 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16765 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16766 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16767 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16768 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16769 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16770 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16771 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16772 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16773 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16774 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16775 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16776 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16777 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16778 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16779 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16780 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16781 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16782 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16783 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16784 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16785 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16786 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16787 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16788 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16789 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16790 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16791 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16792 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16793 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16794 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16795 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16796 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16797 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16798 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16799 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16800 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16801 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16805 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16806 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16807 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16808 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16809 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16811 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16813 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16814 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16816 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16818 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16819 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16821 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16823 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16824 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16826 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16828 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16829 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16830 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16832 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16834 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16835 Cancel an article you posted.
16836 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16840 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16841 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16842 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16843 header line with the old Message-ID.
16847 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16848 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16852 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16853 Forward the current message via mail.
16854 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16855 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16857 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16859 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16862 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16864 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16867 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16869 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16870 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16874 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16875 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16877 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16879 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16880 Re-mail the current message.
16881 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16882 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16887 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16888 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16890 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16892 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16893 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16895 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16898 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16900 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16902 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16903 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16905 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16907 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16908 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16909 Works by overstriking characters.
16910 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16911 which specify the range to operate on.
16913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16915 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16916 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16917 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16918 which specify the range to operate on.
16920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16924 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16925 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16928 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16929 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16933 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16934 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16938 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16939 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16943 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16944 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16951 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16952 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
16953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16955 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16956 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16957 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16961 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16962 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16963 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16964 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16965 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16966 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16967 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16969 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16971 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16972 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16973 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16974 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16975 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16977 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16978 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16980 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16982 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16983 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16984 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16985 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16986 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16988 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16989 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16991 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16995 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16996 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16997 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19636 58496))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17000 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17001 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17002 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17006 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17007 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17008 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17012 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17013 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17015 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17016 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17017 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17019 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17020 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17022 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17023 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17025 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17027 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17029 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17030 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17031 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17032 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17033 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17036 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17037 initial Subject field, respectively.
17039 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17040 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17043 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17046 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17048 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17049 Save draft and send message.
17051 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17052 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17053 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17056 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17057 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17058 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17060 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17061 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17062 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17063 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17064 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17065 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17067 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17068 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17070 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17071 message and scan line.
17073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17075 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17076 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17078 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17079 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17080 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17081 delete the draft message.
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19636 58496))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17090 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17092 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17094 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17096 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17097 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17103 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17104 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19636 58496))
17105 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17107 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17108 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17109 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17111 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17112 the MH mail system.
17114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17116 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17117 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17118 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17120 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17121 the MH mail system.
17123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17125 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17126 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17128 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17129 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17130 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17133 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17134 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17135 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17138 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17142 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17143 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17144 can be used in several ways.
17146 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17147 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17148 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17149 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17153 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17154 The range must be nonempty.
17159 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17160 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17167 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17170 All of the messages.
17172 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17173 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17175 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17176 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17177 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17179 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17186 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19636 58496))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17189 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17190 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17191 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17192 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17193 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17194 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17195 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17196 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17197 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17198 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17199 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17203 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17204 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17205 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17206 to its second argument TM.
17208 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17213 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19636 58496))
17214 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17216 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17217 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17218 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17219 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17220 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17221 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17223 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17225 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17226 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17227 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17228 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17229 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17230 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17231 default indication.
17233 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17234 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17240 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19636 58496))
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17243 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17244 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17245 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17246 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17247 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17248 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17249 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17250 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17251 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17257 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17258 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17259 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19636 58496))
17260 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17261 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17263 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17264 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17266 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17267 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17268 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17271 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17272 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17273 end of the search space).
17275 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17276 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17277 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17278 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17279 should return the previous buffer to search.
17281 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17282 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17283 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17285 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17286 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17287 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17290 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17291 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17292 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17294 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17295 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17296 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17300 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17301 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17302 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17303 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17304 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17305 whose names match the specified regexp.
17307 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17309 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17310 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17311 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17312 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17313 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17314 whose names match the specified regexp.
17316 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17318 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17319 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17320 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17321 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17322 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17323 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17324 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17326 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17328 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17329 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17330 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17331 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17332 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17333 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17334 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17336 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17341 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17344 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17345 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17350 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17355 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19636 58496))
17356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17358 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17359 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17361 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17363 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17364 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17365 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17366 the entire message.
17367 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17369 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17374 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17377 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17378 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17379 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17380 the entire message.
17381 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17383 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17387 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17388 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19636 58496))
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17391 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17392 Insert file contents of URL.
17393 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17395 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17397 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17398 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17405 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19636 58496))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17408 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17409 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17410 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17411 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17412 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17414 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17416 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17417 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17418 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17420 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17425 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17428 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17431 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17433 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17436 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17440 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17441 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17442 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19636 58496))
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17445 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17448 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17450 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17453 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17455 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17458 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17460 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17463 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17465 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17468 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17470 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17473 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17475 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17483 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17486 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17487 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17488 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17489 followed by the first character of the construct.
17491 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17492 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17493 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17494 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17495 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17496 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17497 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17498 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17499 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17500 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17501 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17502 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17503 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17506 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17507 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17508 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17514 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17515 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17518 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17519 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17523 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17524 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17530 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17531 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19636 58496))
17532 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17534 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17535 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17537 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17538 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17539 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17541 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17542 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17543 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17545 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17546 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17548 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17549 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17550 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17551 hemisphere you're in.)
17553 To test this function, evaluate:
17554 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17556 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17558 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17559 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17561 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17562 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17564 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17565 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17566 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17568 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17569 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17571 To test this function, evaluate:
17572 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17574 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17578 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19636
17580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17582 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17583 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17584 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17587 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17589 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17591 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17592 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17593 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17594 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17596 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17598 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17600 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17602 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17603 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17604 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17605 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17606 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17607 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17609 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17610 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17611 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17612 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17613 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17615 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17616 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17618 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17619 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17621 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17623 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17624 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17625 primary selection and region.
17627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17631 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19636 58496))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17634 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17635 Main entry point for MPC.
17641 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19636 58496))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17644 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17645 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19636 58496))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17654 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17655 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17656 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17659 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17661 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17663 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17665 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17666 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17667 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17674 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17675 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17676 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17677 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17678 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17681 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17682 Display a list of all character sets.
17684 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17685 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17686 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17687 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17688 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17690 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17691 but still shows the full information.
17695 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17696 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17697 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17699 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17700 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17701 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17702 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17703 meanings of these arguments.
17705 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17707 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17708 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17710 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17712 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17713 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17715 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17717 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17718 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17720 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17722 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17723 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17725 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17726 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17728 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17729 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17730 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17731 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17732 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17733 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17734 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17735 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17736 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17737 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17738 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17739 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17740 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17741 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17742 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17743 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17747 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17748 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17752 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17753 Display a list of all coding systems.
17754 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17756 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17757 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17761 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17762 Display a list of all coding categories.
17766 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17767 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17768 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17770 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17773 Display information about FONTSET.
17774 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17776 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17778 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17779 Display a list of all fontsets.
17780 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17781 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17782 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17786 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17787 Display information about all input methods.
17791 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17792 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17794 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17795 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17796 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17797 system which uses fontsets).
17801 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17802 Show log of font listing and opening.
17803 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17804 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17806 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17810 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17811 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17812 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17813 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17814 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17815 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19636 58496))
17816 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17818 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17819 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17820 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17822 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17824 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17826 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17827 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17829 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17830 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17832 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17833 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17835 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17837 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17838 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17839 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17840 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17841 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17842 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17843 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17845 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17846 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17847 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17848 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17849 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17850 middle of a character in STR.
17852 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17853 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17855 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17856 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17857 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17858 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17859 defaults to \"...\".
17861 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17863 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17864 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17866 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17867 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17868 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17870 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17871 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17872 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17874 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17875 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17876 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17878 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17879 longer than KEYSEQ.
17880 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17882 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17884 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17885 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17886 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17887 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17888 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17889 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17890 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17891 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17892 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17893 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17894 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17896 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17898 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17899 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17901 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17903 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17904 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17906 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17908 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17909 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17911 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17913 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17914 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17916 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17918 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17919 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17920 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17921 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17922 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17924 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17925 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17927 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17928 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17929 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17930 coding systems ordered by priority.
17932 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17934 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17935 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17936 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17937 language environment LANG-ENV.
17939 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17941 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17942 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17943 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17944 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17945 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17946 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17948 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17952 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17953 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17954 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17955 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19636
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17959 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17960 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17964 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17965 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17969 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17970 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17974 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17975 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17979 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17980 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17984 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17985 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17987 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17989 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17991 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17992 `ping-program-options'.
17996 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17997 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18001 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18002 Run nslookup program.
18006 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18007 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18011 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18016 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18021 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18022 Finger USER on HOST.
18024 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18026 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18027 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18028 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18029 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18031 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18038 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18039 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18041 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18043 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18044 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18046 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18051 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18052 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18053 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18054 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18055 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19636 58496))
18056 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18058 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18060 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18062 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18064 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18066 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18067 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18068 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18069 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18070 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18071 Major modes should set this variable.")
18073 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18074 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18075 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18076 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18077 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18078 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18080 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18081 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18083 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18084 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18085 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18087 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18088 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18089 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18090 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18091 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18093 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18094 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18095 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18097 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18098 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18099 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18100 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18102 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18103 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18104 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18105 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18106 column indentation or nil.
18107 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18109 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18110 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18111 The function has no args.
18113 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18114 comments always start in column zero.")
18116 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18117 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18118 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18120 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18122 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18123 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18124 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18125 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18127 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18128 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18130 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18132 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18133 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18134 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18135 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18136 customize this variable.
18138 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18139 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18141 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18143 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18144 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18145 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18146 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18147 the variables are properly set.
18149 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18151 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18152 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18156 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18157 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18158 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18160 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18162 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18163 Set the comment column based on point.
18164 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18165 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18166 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18167 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18171 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18172 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18173 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18177 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18178 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18179 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18182 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18184 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18185 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18186 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18187 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18188 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18190 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18191 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18192 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18194 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18195 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18196 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18197 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18198 changed with `comment-style'.
18200 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18202 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18203 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18204 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18205 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18207 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18209 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18210 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18211 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18212 is passed on to the respective function.
18214 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18216 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18217 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18218 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18219 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18220 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18221 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18222 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18223 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18224 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18225 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18229 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18230 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18231 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18233 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18235 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18236 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18237 This indents the body of the continued comment
18238 under the previous comment line.
18240 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18241 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18242 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18244 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18245 or comment indentation.
18247 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18248 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18250 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18254 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18255 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19636 58496))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18258 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18259 Check whether newsticker is running.
18260 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18261 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18265 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18266 Start the newsticker.
18267 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18268 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18269 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18270 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18272 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18276 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18277 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18280 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18281 Start newsticker plainview.
18287 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18288 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18291 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18292 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18298 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18299 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19636 58496))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18302 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18303 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18304 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18305 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18310 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18311 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18312 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18319 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18320 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18323 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18324 Start newsticker treeview.
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18331 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18334 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18335 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18337 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18341 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19636
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18345 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18346 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18347 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18348 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18349 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18350 symbol in the alist.
18352 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18357 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18360 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18361 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18362 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18368 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18369 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18372 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18373 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18374 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18381 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18384 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18385 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18387 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18391 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18392 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19636 58496))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18395 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18396 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18400 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18401 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18405 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18406 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18413 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19636 58496))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18416 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18417 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18418 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18420 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18422 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18425 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18427 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18428 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18429 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18430 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18431 to future sessions.
18433 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18435 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18436 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18437 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18438 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18439 to future sessions.
18441 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18445 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18446 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18449 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18450 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18452 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18453 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18454 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18464 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18465 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18466 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18467 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18469 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18473 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19636
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18477 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18478 Major mode for editing XML.
18480 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18481 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18482 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18483 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18484 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18485 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18486 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18488 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18490 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18491 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18493 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18494 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18495 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18496 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18499 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18500 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18501 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18502 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18503 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18504 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18506 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18507 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18508 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18510 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18511 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18512 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18514 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18515 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18516 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18517 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18518 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18519 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18520 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18521 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18522 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18524 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18526 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18527 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18531 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18535 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18536 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19636 58496))
18537 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18539 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18540 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18541 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18542 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18548 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18549 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18552 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18553 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18554 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18556 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18558 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18559 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18561 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18562 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18563 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18567 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18571 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18572 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18575 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18576 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18578 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18579 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18580 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18581 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18583 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18584 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18585 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18586 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18587 is why you need this mode!).
18589 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18590 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18591 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18593 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18598 \\{octave-mode-map}
18600 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18601 ==============================================
18603 `octave-auto-indent'
18604 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18607 `octave-auto-newline'
18608 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18611 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18612 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18613 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18615 `octave-block-offset'
18616 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18619 `octave-continuation-offset'
18620 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18623 `octave-continuation-string'
18624 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18625 Default is a backslash.
18627 `octave-send-echo-input'
18628 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18629 command to the inferior Octave process.
18631 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18632 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18633 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18635 `octave-send-echo-input'
18636 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18638 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18640 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18641 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18643 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18645 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18646 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18648 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18651 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18653 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18654 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18655 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18656 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18662 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18663 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18664 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18665 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18666 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18667 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19636 58496))
18668 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18670 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18671 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18672 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18674 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18675 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18676 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18677 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18678 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18679 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18680 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18681 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18682 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18683 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18685 The following commands are available:
18691 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18693 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18694 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18695 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18696 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18700 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18701 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18702 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18703 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18704 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18707 M-up Move entry/item up
18708 M-down Move entry/item down
18711 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18712 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18713 M-S-left Promote subtree
18714 M-S-right Demote subtree
18715 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18717 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18718 TAB Cycle item visibility
18719 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18720 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18721 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18725 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18726 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18730 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18731 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18735 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18736 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18737 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18738 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18741 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18743 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18744 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18745 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18746 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18748 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18749 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18750 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18754 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18755 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18756 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18760 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18761 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18762 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18767 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18768 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18770 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18772 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18773 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18775 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18776 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18777 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18778 returned as a list.
18780 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18781 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18782 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18783 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18784 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18785 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18786 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18787 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18788 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18791 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18792 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18793 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18794 visited by the iteration.
18796 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18798 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18799 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18800 file The current buffer, without restriction
18802 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18803 agenda All agenda files
18804 agenda-with-archives
18805 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18807 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18809 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18810 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18812 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18813 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18814 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18815 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18816 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18817 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18818 function leaves it.
18820 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18821 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18822 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18823 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18824 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18825 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18826 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18827 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18829 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18832 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18833 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18834 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18838 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18840 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18841 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18842 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18843 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18847 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18848 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18850 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18852 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18853 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18854 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18858 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18863 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18864 Reload all org lisp files.
18865 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18867 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18869 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18870 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18876 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18877 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18878 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18879 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18880 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19641 1152))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18883 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18884 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18885 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18886 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18888 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18889 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18890 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18891 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18892 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18893 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18894 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18895 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18896 e Export views to associated files.
18897 s Search entries for keywords.
18898 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18899 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18900 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18901 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18902 > Remove a previous restriction.
18903 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18904 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18905 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18907 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18908 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18909 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18911 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18912 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18913 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18914 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18917 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18920 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18921 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18922 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18923 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18924 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18925 before running the agenda command.
18927 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18929 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18930 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18931 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18932 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18933 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18934 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18935 before running the agenda command.
18937 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18938 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18940 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18942 category The category of the item
18943 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18944 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18945 todo selected in TODO match
18946 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18947 diary imported from diary
18948 deadline a deadline on given date
18949 scheduled scheduled on given date
18950 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18951 closed entry was closed on given date
18952 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18953 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18954 block entry has date block including g. date
18955 todo The todo keyword, if any
18956 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18957 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18958 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18959 extra Sting with extra planning info
18960 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18961 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18962 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18964 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18966 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18969 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18971 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18972 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18974 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18976 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18977 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18978 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18979 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18981 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18982 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18983 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18986 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18987 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18988 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18990 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18991 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18993 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18996 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18997 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18998 search only the headlines.
19000 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19001 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19002 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19003 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19006 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19007 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
19008 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
19009 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
19010 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
19012 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
19013 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
19015 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
19016 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
19017 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
19018 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
19019 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19021 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19022 that must or must not match in the entry.
19024 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19025 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19026 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19027 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19029 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19030 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19032 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19034 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19035 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19036 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19037 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19038 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19039 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19043 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19044 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19045 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19047 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19049 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19050 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19051 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19052 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19053 `org-stuck-projects'.
19054 MATCH is being ignored.
19056 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19058 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19059 Return diary information from org-files.
19060 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19061 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19062 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19063 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19065 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19066 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19067 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19069 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19071 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19072 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19073 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19074 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19076 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19077 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19078 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19080 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19081 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19082 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19083 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19085 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19087 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19089 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19090 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19094 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19095 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19096 So the example above may also be written as
19098 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19100 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19101 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19102 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19104 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19106 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19107 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19109 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19111 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19112 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19113 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19117 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19118 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19119 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19122 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19123 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19125 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19126 for filtering entries out.
19128 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19129 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19131 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19132 (category \"Work\"))
19134 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19135 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19137 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19141 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19142 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19143 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19146 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19147 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19148 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19152 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19153 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19154 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19160 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19161 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19162 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19636 58496))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19165 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19166 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19167 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19171 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19172 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19173 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19174 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19175 command to convert it.
19177 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19179 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19180 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19181 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19182 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19183 cut-and-paste operations.
19184 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19185 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19186 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19187 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19189 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19191 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19192 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19194 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19196 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19197 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19198 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19199 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19200 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19201 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19202 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19203 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19204 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19205 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19206 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19207 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19208 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19209 publishing directory.
19211 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19636
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19219 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19220 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19221 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19228 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19231 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19232 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19238 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19239 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19636 58496))
19240 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19242 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19243 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19244 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19245 fontified, and then returned.
19247 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19249 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19250 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19257 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19258 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19259 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19636 58496))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19262 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19263 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19264 This function can be used in batch processing.
19269 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19270 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19274 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19275 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19276 No file is created.
19280 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19281 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19282 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19283 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19284 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19285 then use this command to convert it.
19287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19289 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19290 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19291 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19292 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19293 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19294 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19295 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19296 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19297 could call this function in the following way:
19299 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19301 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19302 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19304 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19306 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19307 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19309 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19311 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19312 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19316 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19317 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19318 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19319 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19320 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19321 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19322 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19323 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19324 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19325 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19326 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19327 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19328 publishing directory.
19330 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19334 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19335 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19336 ;;;;;; (19652 24589))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19339 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19340 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19341 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19342 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19343 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19345 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19346 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19347 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19351 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19352 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19353 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19354 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19355 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19357 As a special case, if you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary org-mode
19358 file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can continue to
19359 use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting command.
19361 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19363 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19364 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19365 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19366 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19367 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19369 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19370 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19371 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19372 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19374 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19375 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19376 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19378 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19379 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19380 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19383 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19385 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19386 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19392 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19393 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19636
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19397 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19398 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19402 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19403 Get inbox items from FEED.
19404 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19405 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19407 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19409 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19410 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19414 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19415 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19421 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19422 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19636 58496))
19423 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19425 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19426 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19427 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19428 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19429 create a new footnote, interactively.
19430 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19432 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19434 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19435 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19436 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19437 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19438 Org-mode exporters.
19439 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19440 referenced sequence.
19442 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19446 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19447 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19448 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19449 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19636 58496))
19450 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19452 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19455 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19457 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19458 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19460 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19463 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19465 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19467 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19468 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19470 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19472 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19473 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19475 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19477 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19478 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19480 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19485 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19486 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19487 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19636 58496))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19490 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19492 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19494 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19496 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19497 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19498 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19499 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19500 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19504 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19505 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19507 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19508 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19509 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19513 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19514 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19515 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19519 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19520 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19521 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19522 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19523 command to convert it.
19525 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19527 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19528 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19529 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19530 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19531 cut-and-paste operations.
19532 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19533 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19534 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19535 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19537 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19539 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19540 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19542 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19544 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19545 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19546 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19547 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19548 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19549 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19550 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19551 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19552 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19553 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19554 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19555 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19556 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19557 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19558 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19560 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19562 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19563 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19564 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19565 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19566 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19567 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19568 need into your CSS file.
19570 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19571 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19572 that uses these same face definitions.
19578 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19579 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19580 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19581 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19583 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19584 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19585 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19586 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19590 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19591 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19592 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19593 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19597 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19598 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19599 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19605 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19606 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19607 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19636 58496))
19608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19610 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19611 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19612 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19613 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19615 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19617 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19618 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19619 Create an ID if necessary.
19623 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19624 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19625 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19626 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19627 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19628 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19629 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19631 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19633 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19634 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19635 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19636 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19638 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19640 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19642 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19643 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19644 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19645 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19647 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19649 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19650 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19651 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19655 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19656 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19657 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19658 if there is no entry with that ID.
19659 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19661 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19664 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19670 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19671 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19674 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19675 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19677 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19678 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19679 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19685 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19686 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19689 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19690 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19696 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19697 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19698 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19699 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19700 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19702 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19703 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19707 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19708 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19709 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19713 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19714 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19715 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19719 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19720 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19721 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19722 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19723 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19724 then use this command to convert it.
19726 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19728 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19729 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19730 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19731 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19732 cut-and-paste operations.
19733 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19734 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19735 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19736 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19738 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19740 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19741 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19743 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19745 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19746 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19747 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19748 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19749 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19750 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19751 convert them as description lists.
19752 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19753 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19754 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19755 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19756 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19757 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19758 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19759 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19760 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19761 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19762 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19764 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19767 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19769 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19771 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19772 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19778 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19779 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19636
19781 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19783 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19784 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19785 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19786 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19790 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19791 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19792 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19793 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19797 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19798 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19804 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19805 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19806 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19808 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19809 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19810 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19811 line directly before or after the table.
19813 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19817 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19818 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19819 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19822 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19824 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19827 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19829 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19830 Publish all projects.
19831 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19832 directory and force publishing all files.
19834 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19836 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19837 Publish the current file.
19838 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19840 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19843 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19844 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19847 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19851 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19852 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19853 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19636 58496))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19856 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19857 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19861 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19862 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19863 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19864 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19865 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19869 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19870 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19871 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19872 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19874 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19877 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19878 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19879 of the remember buffer.
19881 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19882 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19883 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19884 note stored by remember.
19886 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19887 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19889 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19891 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19892 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19893 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19894 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19895 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19897 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19898 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19899 process is used to select the target location.
19901 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19902 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19904 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19905 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19908 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19909 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19910 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19912 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19913 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19914 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19915 some additional data.
19917 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19918 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19919 \(i.e. after the stars).
19921 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19927 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19928 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19636 58496))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19931 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19932 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19936 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19937 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19942 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19943 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19944 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19945 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19947 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19951 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19952 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19953 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19954 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19956 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19957 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19958 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19959 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19960 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19961 without user interaction.
19962 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19963 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19964 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19965 the region 0:00:00.
19967 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19970 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19971 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19972 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19973 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19974 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19975 that was not started at the correct moment.
19977 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19980 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19982 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19984 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19985 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19989 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19992 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20000 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20001 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20002 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20004 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20008 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20009 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20011 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20013 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20014 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20015 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20016 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20018 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20019 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20020 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20021 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20023 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20024 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20025 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20026 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20027 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20028 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20030 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20031 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20032 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20034 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20035 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20036 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20037 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20038 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20039 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20040 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20041 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20042 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20043 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20044 The subheadings remain visible.
20045 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20047 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20048 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20049 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20051 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20052 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20056 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20057 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20058 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20059 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20062 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20066 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19636 58496))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20069 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20070 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20071 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20074 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20076 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20078 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20079 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20080 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20081 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20083 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20084 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20090 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20091 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20093 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20095 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20096 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20097 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20098 unknown are returned as nil.
20100 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20104 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19636
20106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20108 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20109 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20110 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20112 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20113 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20115 Other useful functions are:
20117 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20118 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20119 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20120 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20121 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20122 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20123 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20124 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20125 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20127 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20129 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20130 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20131 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20132 Indentation for case statements.
20133 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20134 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20136 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20137 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20138 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20139 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20140 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20141 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20142 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20143 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20144 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20145 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20147 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20148 pascal-separator-keywords.
20150 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20151 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20157 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20158 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20161 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20162 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20163 The keys affected are:
20164 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20165 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20166 M-Backspace does undo.
20167 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20168 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20169 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20175 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20176 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20179 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20180 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20181 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20184 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20186 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20188 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20189 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20191 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20193 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20194 which modify the status of the mark.
20196 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20197 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20199 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20200 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20202 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20203 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20204 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20205 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20206 turning PC Selection mode on.
20208 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20209 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20211 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20212 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20213 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20215 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20216 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20217 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20219 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20220 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20222 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20223 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20224 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20226 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20227 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20228 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20234 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20235 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20242 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19636
20244 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20246 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20247 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20253 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20254 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19636 58496))
20255 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20257 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20258 Completion for `gzip'.
20262 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20263 Completion for `bzip2'.
20267 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20268 Completion for GNU `make'.
20272 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20273 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20277 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20281 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20282 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19636 58496))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20285 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20286 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20290 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20291 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20295 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20296 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19636
20304 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20306 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20307 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20313 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20314 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20315 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19636 58496))
20316 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20318 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20319 Completion for `cd'.
20323 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20326 Completion for `rmdir'.
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20331 Completion for `rm'.
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20336 Completion for `xargs'.
20340 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20342 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20343 Completion for `which'.
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20348 Completion for the `chown' command.
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20353 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20358 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20363 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20364 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20371 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20372 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19636
20374 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20376 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20377 Support extensible programmable completion.
20378 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20379 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20381 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20384 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20388 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20389 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20390 This will modify the current buffer.
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20395 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20399 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20400 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20401 This will modify the current buffer.
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20406 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20411 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20416 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20417 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20418 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20419 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20421 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20424 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20430 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20431 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20432 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19636 58496))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20435 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20436 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20437 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20438 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20440 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20442 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20444 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20445 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20446 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20447 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20448 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20449 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20452 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20455 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20456 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20457 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20458 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20459 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20460 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20461 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20463 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20465 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20466 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20467 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20468 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20469 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20470 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20471 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20474 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20476 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20477 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20478 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20479 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20480 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20481 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20482 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20484 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20486 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20487 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20488 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20490 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20492 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20493 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20494 A value of nil means never do it.
20495 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20496 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20497 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20499 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20501 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20502 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20503 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19636 58496))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20510 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20514 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20515 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20517 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20518 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20519 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20520 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20521 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20522 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20524 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20525 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20526 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20527 Tab indents for Perl code.
20528 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20529 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20530 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20532 Variables controlling indentation style:
20533 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20534 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20535 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20536 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20537 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20538 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20539 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20541 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20542 `perl-indent-level'
20543 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20544 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20545 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20546 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20547 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20548 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20549 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20550 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20551 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20552 `perl-brace-offset'
20553 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20554 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20555 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20556 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20557 `perl-label-offset'
20558 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20559 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20560 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20562 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20563 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20564 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20565 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20566 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20567 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20568 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20570 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20576 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20577 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20578 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20579 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19636 58496))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20582 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20583 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20585 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20587 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20588 passphrase cache or user.
20590 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20592 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20593 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20595 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20598 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20601 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20603 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20606 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20607 passphrase cache or user.
20609 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20611 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20612 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20614 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20616 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20619 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20620 passphrase cache or user.
20622 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20624 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20625 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20627 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20628 passphrase cache or user.
20630 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20633 Decrypt the current buffer.
20635 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20638 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20639 passphrase cache or user.
20641 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20643 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20644 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20646 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20647 a detached signature.
20649 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20650 and the output is displayed.
20652 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20653 passphrase cache or user.
20655 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20658 Sign the current buffer.
20660 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20661 detached signature.
20663 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20666 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20667 and the output is displayed.
20669 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20670 passphrase cache or user.
20672 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20674 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20675 Verify the current region between START and END.
20676 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20677 the detached signature of the current region.
20679 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20680 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20682 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20684 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20685 Verify the current buffer.
20686 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20687 the detached signature of the current region.
20688 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20689 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20690 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20693 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20695 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20696 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20700 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20701 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20703 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20705 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20706 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20712 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20713 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20716 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20717 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20719 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20723 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20724 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20725 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20727 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20728 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20729 \\<picture-mode-map>
20730 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20731 afterwards settable by these commands:
20733 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20734 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20735 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20736 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20738 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20739 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20740 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20741 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20743 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20744 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20745 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20746 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20748 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20749 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20750 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20751 with these commands:
20753 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20754 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20755 Move to column following last
20756 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20757 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20758 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20759 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20760 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20761 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20763 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20765 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20766 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20767 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20768 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20769 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20770 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20772 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20773 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20774 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20775 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20776 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20777 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20778 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20780 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20781 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20782 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20783 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20784 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20785 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20786 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20787 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20789 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20790 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20791 by supplying an argument.
20793 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20795 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20796 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20800 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20804 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20805 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20808 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20809 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20810 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20812 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20816 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19636 58496))
20817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20819 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20820 Play pong and waste time.
20821 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20822 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20824 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20832 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20833 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20834 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20837 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20838 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20839 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20840 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20842 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20844 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20845 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20849 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20850 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20851 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20852 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20853 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20855 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20857 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20858 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20859 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20861 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20863 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20864 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20866 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20868 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20869 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20870 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20871 Ignores leading comment characters.
20875 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20876 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20877 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20878 Ignores leading comment characters.
20884 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20885 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20886 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20887 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20888 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20889 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20890 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20891 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20892 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20893 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20894 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20895 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20896 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20897 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20898 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20899 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20900 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20901 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20902 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
20903 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20905 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20906 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20908 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20910 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20912 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20914 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20915 Preview directory using ghostview.
20917 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20918 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20919 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20920 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20922 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20923 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20924 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20925 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20926 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20929 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20931 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20933 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20934 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20936 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20937 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20938 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20939 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20941 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20942 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20943 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20944 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20945 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20948 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20950 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20952 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20953 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20955 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20956 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20957 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20958 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20960 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20961 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20962 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20963 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20964 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20967 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20969 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20972 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20974 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20976 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20977 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20978 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20979 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20982 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20983 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20984 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20985 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20988 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20990 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20993 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20995 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20996 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20997 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21000 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21001 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21002 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21007 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21009 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21010 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21011 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21013 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21014 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21015 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21016 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21021 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21023 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21024 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21025 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21027 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21028 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21029 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21030 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21035 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21037 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21039 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21040 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21041 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21043 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21044 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21045 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21046 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21048 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21050 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21051 Preview region using ghostview.
21053 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21055 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21057 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21058 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21060 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21062 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21065 Print region using PostScript printer.
21067 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21069 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21072 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21074 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21079 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21081 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21083 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21086 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21088 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21093 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21095 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21097 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21099 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21100 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21102 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21104 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21107 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21108 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21109 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21111 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21114 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21115 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21117 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21119 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21122 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21123 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21124 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21128 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21129 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21130 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21131 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21135 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21136 Print directory using text printer.
21138 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21141 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21142 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21144 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21146 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21149 Print buffer using text printer.
21153 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21154 Print region using text printer.
21158 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21159 Print major mode using text printer.
21163 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21164 Preview spooled PostScript.
21166 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21167 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21168 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21170 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21171 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21172 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21174 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21177 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21179 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21180 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21181 instead of sending it to the printer.
21183 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21184 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21185 image in a file with that name.
21187 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21190 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21192 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21193 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21194 instead of sending it to the printer.
21196 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21197 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21198 image in a file with that name.
21200 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21203 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21207 instead of sending it to the printer.
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21211 image in a file with that name.
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21216 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21218 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21221 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21223 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21226 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21228 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21231 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21233 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21236 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21238 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21241 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21243 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21244 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21245 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21246 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21248 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21249 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21250 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21251 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21252 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21253 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21256 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21259 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21264 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21266 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21268 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21274 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21279 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21283 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21284 Toggle printing with faces.
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21298 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21301 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21303 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21314 Toggle upside-down.
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21319 Toggle line number.
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21324 Toggle zebra stripes.
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21329 Toggle printing header.
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21334 Toggle printing header frame.
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21344 Toggle auto region.
21348 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21353 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21354 Customization of the `printing' group.
21356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21359 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21361 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21364 Help for the printing package.
21366 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21369 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21373 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21374 Interactively select a text printer.
21378 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21379 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21383 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21384 Show current ps-print settings.
21386 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21389 Show current printing settings.
21391 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21393 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21394 Show current lpr settings.
21396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21399 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21401 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21402 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21403 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21404 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21407 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21409 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21411 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21413 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21414 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21415 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21416 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21417 current active printer.
21419 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21420 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21421 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21424 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21425 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21426 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21427 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21428 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21431 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21432 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21434 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21436 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21437 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21438 be done using the new current active printer.
21440 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21441 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21444 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21445 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21446 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21447 instead of sending it to the printer.
21449 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21450 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21453 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21456 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21459 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21461 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21462 Fast fire function for text printing.
21464 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21465 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21466 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21467 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21469 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21470 user for a new active text printer.
21472 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21474 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21476 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21477 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21480 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21482 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21485 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21489 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19636 58496))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21492 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21493 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21494 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21495 information will be displayed but not selected.
21496 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21498 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21504 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21505 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
21506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21508 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21509 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21510 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21512 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21513 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21514 if that value is non-nil.
21518 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21520 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21521 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21522 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21524 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21528 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19636
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21532 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21533 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21534 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21536 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21540 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19636
21542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21544 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21545 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21547 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21549 The following variables hold user options, and can
21550 be set through the `customize' command:
21552 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21554 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21555 `ps-mode-print-function'
21557 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21561 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21564 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21570 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21571 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21572 The keymap for this second window is:
21574 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21577 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21578 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21579 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21580 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21581 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21587 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21588 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21589 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21590 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21591 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21592 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19641
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21596 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21597 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21598 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21600 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21602 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21603 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21604 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21605 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21607 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21609 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21610 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21614 nil Do not print colors.
21618 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21619 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21621 Any other value is treated as t.")
21623 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21625 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21626 Customization of ps-print group.
21630 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21631 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21633 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21634 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21635 sending it to the printer.
21637 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21638 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21639 image in a file with that name.
21641 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21643 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21644 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21645 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21646 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21647 so it has a way to determine color values.
21649 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21651 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21652 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21653 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21655 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21658 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21659 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21660 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21661 so it has a way to determine color values.
21663 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21666 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21667 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21668 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21670 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21674 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21676 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21677 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21678 so it has a way to determine color values.
21680 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21684 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21685 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21686 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21688 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21690 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21693 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21694 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21695 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21696 so it has a way to determine color values.
21698 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21700 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21703 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21705 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21706 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21707 instead of sending it to the printer.
21709 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21710 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21711 image in a file with that name.
21713 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21715 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21716 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21717 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21718 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21719 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21723 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21724 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21725 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21727 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21730 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21731 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21733 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21736 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21740 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21741 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21743 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21744 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21746 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21747 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21749 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21751 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21753 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21755 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21756 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21758 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21759 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21761 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21762 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21764 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21766 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21768 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21770 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21771 foreground and background colors respectively.
21773 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21774 bold - use bold font.
21775 italic - use italic font.
21776 underline - put a line under text.
21777 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21778 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21779 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21780 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21781 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21783 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21785 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21789 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21790 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19672 43471))
21791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21793 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21795 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21799 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21800 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21801 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21802 buffer automatically.
21804 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21805 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21806 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21807 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21808 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21809 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21810 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21812 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21813 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21814 buffer for a list of commands.)
21816 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21819 Major mode for editing Python files.
21820 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21821 for correct parsing of the source.
21822 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21823 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21824 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21826 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21827 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21828 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21829 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21830 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21831 \\<python-mode-map>
21832 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21833 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21834 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21835 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21836 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21837 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21839 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21840 effect outside them.
21842 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21843 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21844 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21845 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21846 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21847 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21848 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21849 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21850 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21852 \\{python-mode-map}
21856 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21857 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21858 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21859 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21863 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21864 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21865 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21866 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21867 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21868 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21870 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21871 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21872 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21873 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21874 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21875 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21876 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21878 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21879 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21880 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21881 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21882 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21884 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21885 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21886 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21887 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21888 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21889 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21890 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21893 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21894 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21895 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21896 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21897 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21898 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21901 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21905 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21906 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21909 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21910 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21911 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21914 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21915 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21917 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21918 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21919 them into characters should be done separately.
21921 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21925 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21926 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21927 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21928 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21929 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19636 58496))
21930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21932 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21933 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21937 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21938 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21939 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21941 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21942 `quail-activate', which see.
21944 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21946 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21947 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21948 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21949 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21950 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21951 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21952 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21954 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21955 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21956 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21957 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21958 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21960 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21962 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21963 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21964 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21965 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21966 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21967 list of candidates.
21969 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21970 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21971 command to be called.
21973 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21974 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21975 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21976 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21978 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21979 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21980 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21981 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21982 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21985 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21986 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21987 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21988 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21990 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21991 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21992 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21993 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21995 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21996 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21997 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21998 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21999 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22000 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22002 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22003 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22004 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22005 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22006 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22007 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22009 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22010 covers Quail translation region.
22012 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22013 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22014 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22015 for it) is inserted.
22017 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22018 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22019 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22021 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22022 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22023 non-Quail commands.
22025 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22027 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22028 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22030 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22031 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22032 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22033 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22034 you type is correctly handled.
22036 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22038 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22039 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22041 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22044 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22046 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22047 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22048 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22049 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22050 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22051 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22052 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22053 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22054 for the translation.
22055 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22057 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22058 it is used to handle KEY.
22060 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22061 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22062 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22063 the following annotation types are supported.
22065 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22066 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22068 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22071 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22072 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22073 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22076 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22077 generated for the following translations.
22079 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22081 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22082 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22084 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22085 which to install MAP.
22087 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22089 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22091 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22092 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22094 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22095 which to install MAP.
22097 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22099 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22101 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22102 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22103 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22104 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22105 a function, or a cons.
22106 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22107 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22108 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22109 for the translation.
22110 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22111 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22112 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22113 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22114 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22116 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22117 it is used to handle KEY.
22119 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22120 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22121 current Quail package.
22123 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22124 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22126 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22128 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22129 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22131 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22132 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22134 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22136 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22137 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22139 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22141 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22142 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22143 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22144 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22145 of the Emacs source tree.
22147 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22148 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22150 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22151 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22154 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22159 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22160 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19636
22162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22164 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22165 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22166 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22167 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22169 To make use of this do something like:
22171 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22173 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22175 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22176 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22178 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22179 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22180 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22182 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22185 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22187 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22189 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22190 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22192 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22195 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22197 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22198 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22200 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22201 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22202 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22204 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22206 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22207 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22209 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22211 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22212 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22216 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22217 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22219 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22221 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22225 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22226 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22232 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22233 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19636 58496))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22236 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22237 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22239 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22241 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22245 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22247 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22250 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22252 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22253 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22254 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22257 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22259 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22261 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22262 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22268 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19636
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22272 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22273 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22276 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22284 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22286 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22287 Construct a regexp interactively.
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19636 58496))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22296 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22297 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22298 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22301 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22303 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22305 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22306 Toggle recentf mode.
22307 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22308 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22310 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22311 that were operated on recently.
22313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22318 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22319 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22320 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19636
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22328 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22330 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22331 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22332 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22333 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22335 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22337 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22339 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22340 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22341 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22342 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22345 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22346 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22349 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22351 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22352 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22353 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22355 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22356 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22359 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22361 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22362 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22363 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22365 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22367 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22370 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22371 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22373 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22376 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22377 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22378 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22379 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22382 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22384 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22389 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22390 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22391 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22392 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22393 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22394 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22395 and point is at the lower right corner.
22397 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22399 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22400 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22402 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22403 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22405 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22406 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22407 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22409 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22413 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22414 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22415 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22416 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22417 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22419 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22420 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22422 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22424 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22425 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22426 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22428 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22430 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22432 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22434 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22435 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22437 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22438 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22439 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22441 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22443 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22445 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22447 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22448 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22449 rectangle which were empty.
22451 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22455 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19636
22457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22459 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22460 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22461 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22463 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22464 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22465 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22471 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22472 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19636 58496))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22475 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22476 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22480 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22481 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22483 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22484 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22486 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22487 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22488 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22491 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22492 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22493 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22495 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22496 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22497 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22499 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22500 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22502 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22503 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22505 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22506 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22509 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22513 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22514 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22515 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22522 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22525 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22526 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22527 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22528 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22529 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22530 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22532 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22534 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22536 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22537 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22538 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22539 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22540 `reftex-cite-format'.
22542 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22543 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22544 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22545 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22547 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22552 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22555 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22556 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22557 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22558 the current TeX document.
22560 With no argument, this command toggles
22561 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22562 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22568 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22569 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22572 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22573 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22574 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22576 To insert new phrases, use
22577 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22578 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22580 To index phrases use one of:
22582 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22583 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22584 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22585 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22586 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22588 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22589 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22591 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22593 Here are all local bindings.
22595 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22601 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22602 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22605 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22606 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22607 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22610 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19636
22616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22617 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22618 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22619 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22620 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22624 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22625 ;;;;;; (19652 24589))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22628 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22629 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22630 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22631 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22632 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22633 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22635 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22636 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22638 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22641 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22643 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22644 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22645 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22646 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22648 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22652 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22653 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22654 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22657 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22658 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22659 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22660 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22662 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22664 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22666 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22667 Call `remember' in another frame.
22669 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22671 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22672 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22673 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22678 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22679 Extract diary entries from the region.
22685 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19652 24589))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22688 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22689 Repeat most recently executed command.
22690 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22691 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22692 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22694 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22695 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22696 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22697 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22699 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22700 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22701 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22703 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22707 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22708 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22711 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22712 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22714 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22715 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22716 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22717 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22718 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22719 and point is left after the salutation.
22721 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22722 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22723 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22724 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22725 left after that text.
22727 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22730 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22731 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22732 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22733 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22735 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22739 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22740 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22743 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22744 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22745 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22746 visibility of comments that precede it.
22747 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22748 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22749 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22750 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22751 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22752 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22753 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22754 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22756 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22757 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22758 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22759 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22760 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22766 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22767 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22770 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22771 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22772 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22774 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22775 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22776 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22781 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22782 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22785 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22787 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22789 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22790 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22791 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22793 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22794 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22795 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22801 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22802 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
22803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22805 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22806 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22810 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22811 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22813 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22817 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19636 58496))
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22819 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22821 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22822 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22823 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22824 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22826 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22828 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22829 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22830 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22831 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22833 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22834 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22836 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22837 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22839 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22840 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22843 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22844 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22845 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22846 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22847 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22849 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22850 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22851 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22852 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22854 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22855 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22858 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22862 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22863 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22864 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22865 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22866 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22867 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19641
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22871 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22872 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22873 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22875 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22877 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22878 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22879 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22880 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22881 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22882 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22883 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22885 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22886 sent by you under different user names.
22887 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22889 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22891 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22893 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22894 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22895 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22896 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22897 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22899 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22900 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22902 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22904 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22905 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22906 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22907 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22908 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22909 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22910 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22912 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22913 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22914 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22915 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22916 which normally happens once for each message,
22917 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22918 To make a change in this variable take effect
22919 for a message that you have already viewed,
22920 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22922 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22924 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22925 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22926 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22927 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22929 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22931 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22932 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22934 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22936 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22937 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22938 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22942 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22943 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22944 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22945 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22946 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22947 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22951 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22952 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22954 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22956 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22957 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22961 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22962 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22964 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22965 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22967 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22969 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22970 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22972 This is set to nil by default.")
22974 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22975 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22976 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22977 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22978 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22979 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22980 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22982 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22983 Read and edit incoming mail.
22984 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22985 file in RMAIL Mode.
22986 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22988 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22989 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22990 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22991 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22993 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22995 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22997 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22998 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22999 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23000 Instead, these commands are available:
23002 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23003 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23004 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23005 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23006 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23007 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23008 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23009 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23010 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23011 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23012 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23013 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23014 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23015 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23016 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23017 till a deleted message is found.
23018 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23019 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23020 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23021 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23022 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23023 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23024 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23025 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23026 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23027 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23028 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23029 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23030 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23031 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23032 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23033 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23034 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23035 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23036 (label defaults to last one specified).
23037 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23038 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23039 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23040 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23041 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23042 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23043 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23044 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23045 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23049 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23050 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23052 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23055 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23057 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23061 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23062 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19636 58496))
23063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23064 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23066 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23067 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23068 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23069 case it writes Babyl.
23071 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23072 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23073 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23074 `rmail-default-file'.
23076 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23077 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23078 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23080 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23081 the header display is currently pruned.
23083 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23084 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23085 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23086 messages after output.
23088 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23089 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23090 message (if writing a file directly).
23092 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23093 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23095 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23097 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23098 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23099 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23100 i) the header is output as currently seen
23101 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23102 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23104 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23105 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23106 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23108 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23110 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23111 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23112 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23113 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23114 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23115 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23116 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23118 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23119 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23120 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23122 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23126 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23127 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23130 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23131 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23134 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23138 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23139 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23140 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23142 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23143 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23144 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23145 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23151 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23152 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23153 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23155 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23156 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23158 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23159 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23160 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23161 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23162 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23163 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23164 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23165 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23166 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23167 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23169 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23170 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23171 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23172 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23173 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23174 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23175 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23176 to use for finding the schema.
23178 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23182 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19636
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23186 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23188 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23189 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23190 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23191 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23192 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23193 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23194 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23195 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23196 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23197 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23198 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23199 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23200 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23201 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23202 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23203 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23206 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23210 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23211 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19636 58496))
23212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23214 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23215 Define a robin package.
23217 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23218 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23219 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23220 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23222 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23223 one replaces the old one.
23225 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23227 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23228 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23230 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23231 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23232 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23234 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23236 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23237 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23239 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23243 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23244 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19636 58496))
23245 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23247 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23248 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23250 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23252 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23253 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23255 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23257 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23258 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23260 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23262 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23263 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23264 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23266 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23267 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23270 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23274 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23275 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23282 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23286 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23287 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23289 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23290 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23291 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23292 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23293 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23295 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23296 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23297 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23298 font-locking of blocks.
23304 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23306 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23307 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23308 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23309 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23311 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23312 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23313 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23320 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23323 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23324 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23325 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23326 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23327 nesting into account.
23329 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23337 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23341 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19636
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23345 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23346 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23352 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19636
23354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23356 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23357 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23358 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23359 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23361 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23363 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23364 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23365 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23367 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23368 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23369 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23371 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23375 matches string STRING literally.
23378 matches character CHAR literally.
23380 `not-newline', `nonl'
23381 matches any character except a newline.
23384 matches any character
23389 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23390 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23391 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23393 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23394 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23395 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23396 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23398 `(not (any SET ...))'
23399 matches any character not in SET ...
23401 `line-start', `bol'
23402 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23403 in the text being matched
23406 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23408 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23410 string being matched against.
23412 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23414 string being matched against.
23417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23418 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23421 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23422 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23425 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23427 `word-start', `bow'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23431 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23437 `(not word-boundary)'
23438 `not-word-boundary'
23439 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23443 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23446 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23448 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23449 matches 0 through 9.
23452 matches ASCII control characters.
23454 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23455 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23458 matches space and tab only.
23461 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23464 `printing', `print'
23465 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23468 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23469 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23470 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23472 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23473 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23477 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23480 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23482 `lower', `lower-case'
23483 matches anything lower-case.
23485 `upper', `upper-case'
23486 matches anything upper-case.
23488 `punctuation', `punct'
23489 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23490 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23492 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23493 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23496 matches anything that has word syntax.
23499 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23502 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23503 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23504 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23506 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23507 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23510 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23511 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23512 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23513 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23514 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23516 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23517 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23518 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23519 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23520 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23522 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23523 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23525 `(category CATEGORY)'
23526 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23527 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23529 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23530 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23531 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23532 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23536 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23537 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23538 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23539 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23540 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23541 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23542 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23543 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23544 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23545 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23546 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23547 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23548 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23549 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23558 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23562 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23564 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23569 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23570 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23572 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23578 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23581 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23583 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23585 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23586 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23587 regular expression.
23589 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23590 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23591 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23592 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23593 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23595 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23596 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23598 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23599 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23601 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23603 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23606 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23607 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23610 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23611 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23613 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23615 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23618 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23621 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23623 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23624 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23626 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23629 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23632 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23636 matches N occurrences.
23639 matches N or more occurrences.
23641 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23642 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23643 matches N to M occurrences.
23646 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23649 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23653 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23655 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23659 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23660 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23661 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23663 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23664 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23665 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23668 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23670 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23671 Toggle savehist-mode.
23672 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23673 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23674 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23675 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23677 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23678 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23679 which is probably undesirable.
23685 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23686 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23689 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23690 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23691 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23693 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23694 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23695 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23696 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23697 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23698 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23699 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23700 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23704 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23705 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23706 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23707 if that value is non-nil.
23711 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23712 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23713 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23717 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23718 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23719 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23720 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23721 that variable's value is a string.
23727 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23728 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23731 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23732 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23733 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23735 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23742 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23745 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23746 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23747 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23750 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23752 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23754 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23755 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23756 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23757 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23758 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23764 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23765 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23768 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23769 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23770 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23771 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23772 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19636 58496))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23783 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23784 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23785 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23787 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23788 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23790 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23791 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23792 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23793 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23794 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23795 keybinding for tag names.")
23797 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23799 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23800 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23801 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23804 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23806 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23808 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23809 Toggle Semantic mode.
23810 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23812 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23813 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23814 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23815 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23818 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23824 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23825 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23826 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23827 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23828 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23829 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23830 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23831 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23832 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19636 58496))
23833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23835 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23836 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23838 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23840 If `parens', they look like:
23841 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23842 If `angles', they look like:
23843 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23845 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23846 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23848 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23850 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23851 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23852 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23853 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23855 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23856 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23857 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23858 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23860 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23862 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23863 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23864 This is done when the message is initialized,
23865 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23869 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23870 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23871 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23873 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23875 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23877 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23878 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23879 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23880 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23881 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23882 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23883 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23885 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23886 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23888 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23889 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23891 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23893 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23894 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23895 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23898 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23900 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23901 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23902 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23903 when you first send mail.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23907 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23908 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23909 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23910 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23911 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23915 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23916 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23917 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23918 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23919 This file need not actually exist.")
23921 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23923 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23924 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23928 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23929 Alist of mail address aliases,
23930 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23931 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23932 can specify a different file name.)
23933 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23934 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23936 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23937 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23938 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23940 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23942 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23943 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23944 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23949 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23950 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23951 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23952 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23953 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23954 in the cited portion of the message.
23956 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23957 instead of no action.")
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23961 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23962 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23963 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23964 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23965 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23969 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23970 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23971 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23972 If a string, that string is inserted.
23973 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23974 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23975 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23976 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23980 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23981 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23985 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23986 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23987 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23989 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23990 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23995 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23996 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23997 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24002 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24003 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24004 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24010 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24011 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24012 `query' means ask the user each time.
24013 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24014 The default is `mime'.
24015 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24016 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24018 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24020 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24021 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24022 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24024 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24025 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24027 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24028 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24029 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24030 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24031 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24032 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24033 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24034 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24035 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24036 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24037 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24038 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24039 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24043 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24044 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24045 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24046 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24048 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24050 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24051 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24052 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24053 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24054 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24055 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24057 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24058 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24059 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24061 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24062 User should not set this variable manually,
24063 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24064 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24065 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24066 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24068 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24069 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24070 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24071 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24073 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24074 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24077 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24079 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24080 to move to message header fields:
24083 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24084 when the message is initialized.
24086 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24087 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24089 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24092 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24093 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24095 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24096 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24097 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24098 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24099 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24100 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24101 buffer without erasing the contents.
24103 The second through fifth arguments,
24104 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24105 the initial contents of those header fields.
24106 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24107 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24108 original message being replied to, or else an action
24109 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24110 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24111 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24112 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24113 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24114 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24116 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24118 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24119 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24121 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24123 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24124 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24126 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24130 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24131 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19662
24133 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24135 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24136 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24137 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24138 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24139 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24140 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24142 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24143 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24145 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24146 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24147 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24149 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24152 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24154 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24155 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24156 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24157 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24159 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24161 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24162 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24163 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24166 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24168 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24170 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24171 Toggle Server mode.
24172 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24173 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24174 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24178 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24179 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24180 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24182 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24183 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24185 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24189 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19636 58496))
24190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24192 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24193 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24194 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24198 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24199 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24200 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24201 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24207 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24208 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24211 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24212 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24214 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24217 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24218 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24219 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24221 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24222 in your `.emacs' file.
24224 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24226 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24227 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24232 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24233 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24234 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24235 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24236 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24237 which this is based.
24239 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24241 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24242 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24243 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24244 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24246 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24247 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24248 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24250 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24251 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24252 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24253 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24255 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24256 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24257 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24258 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24260 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24262 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24263 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24264 To work around that, do:
24265 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24273 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24274 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24276 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24278 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24279 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24280 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24281 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24282 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24283 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24285 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24286 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24287 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24288 shell-specific features.
24290 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24291 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24292 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24294 \\[sh-case] case statement
24295 \\[sh-for] for loop
24296 \\[sh-function] function definition
24297 \\[sh-if] if statement
24298 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24299 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24300 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24301 \\[sh-select] select loop
24302 \\[sh-until] until loop
24303 \\[sh-while] while loop
24305 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24306 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24307 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24308 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24309 would indent to the way it currently is.
24310 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24311 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24314 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24315 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24316 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24317 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24318 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24319 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24321 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24323 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24325 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24326 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24327 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24329 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24330 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24334 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24338 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19636 58496))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24341 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24342 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24343 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24344 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24345 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24346 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24348 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24352 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24353 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24356 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24357 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24359 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24360 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24361 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24363 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24364 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24365 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24366 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24369 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24371 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24373 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24374 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24375 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24377 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24378 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24380 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24381 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24382 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24383 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24384 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24385 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24386 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24389 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24390 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24391 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24392 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24393 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24395 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24396 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24398 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24403 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19636
24405 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24407 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24408 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24409 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24410 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24411 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24412 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24413 sites in the cluster.
24417 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24418 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24419 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24420 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24421 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24425 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24426 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24427 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24428 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24429 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24430 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24431 `shadow-define-cluster').
24435 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24436 Set up file shadowing.
24442 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24443 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24446 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24447 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24448 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24449 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24450 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24453 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24455 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24456 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24457 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24458 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24459 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24461 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24462 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24463 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24464 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24465 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24466 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24467 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24468 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24469 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24470 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24471 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24474 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24475 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24476 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24478 `default-process-coding-system'.
24480 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24481 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24482 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24483 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24488 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24492 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24493 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19636 58496))
24494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24496 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24499 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24501 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24504 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24506 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24509 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24514 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24517 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24518 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24519 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24520 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24521 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24523 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24529 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19636
24531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24533 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24534 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24535 \\{simula-mode-map}
24536 Variables controlling indentation style:
24537 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24538 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24539 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24540 `simula-indent-level'
24541 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24542 `simula-substatement-offset'
24543 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24544 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24545 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24546 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24547 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24548 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24549 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24550 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24551 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24552 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24553 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24554 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24555 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24556 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24557 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24558 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24559 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24560 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24561 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24562 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24563 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24564 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24565 or nil if they should not be changed.
24566 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24567 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24568 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24569 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24571 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24572 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24578 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24579 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19636 58496))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24582 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24583 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24585 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24586 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24587 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24588 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24590 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24592 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24594 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24595 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24596 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24597 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24598 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24600 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24601 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24603 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24605 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24606 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24608 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24609 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24610 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24611 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24613 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24614 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24615 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24616 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24618 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24619 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24620 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24622 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24623 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24625 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24626 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24628 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24629 _ interesting point, interregion here
24630 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24631 interesting point set by _
24632 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24633 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24634 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24635 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24636 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24637 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24640 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24641 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24643 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24644 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24645 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24646 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24647 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24648 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24649 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24650 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24652 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24653 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24654 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24655 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24656 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24659 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24660 then: insert previously read string once more
24661 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24662 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24663 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24665 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24666 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24668 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24670 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24671 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24673 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24674 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24675 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24676 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24677 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24680 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24681 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24682 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24688 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24689 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19636 58496))
24690 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24692 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24693 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24694 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24697 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24699 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24700 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24701 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24705 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24706 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24707 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24713 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24714 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24717 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24718 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24719 A list of images is returned.
24721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24723 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24724 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24725 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24727 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24731 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24732 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19636 58496))
24733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24735 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24740 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24741 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19636 58496))
24748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24750 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24751 Play the Snake game.
24752 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24754 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24756 Snake mode keybindings:
24758 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24759 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24760 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24761 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24762 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24763 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24764 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24770 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24771 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24774 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24775 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24776 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24777 Tab indents for C code.
24778 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24781 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24786 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24787 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24788 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24789 Tab indents for C code.
24790 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24791 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24793 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24794 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19636
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24804 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24805 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24806 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24807 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24808 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24810 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24816 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19636
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24820 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24823 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24824 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24825 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24826 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24827 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24828 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24829 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24830 check after each move or undo.)
24834 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24835 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24836 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24855 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24856 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24857 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24858 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24860 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24861 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24862 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24865 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24866 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24868 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24884 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24886 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24892 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24893 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24894 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19636 58496))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24896 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24898 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24899 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24901 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24902 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24903 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24904 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24907 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24908 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24909 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24912 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24913 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24915 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24916 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24917 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24918 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24921 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24922 It should move point to the end of the record.
24924 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24925 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24926 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24927 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24928 starts at the beginning of the record.
24930 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24931 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24934 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24935 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24937 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24939 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24940 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24941 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24942 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24943 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24946 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24948 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24949 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24950 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24951 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24952 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24955 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24957 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24958 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24959 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24960 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24961 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24964 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24965 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24967 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24968 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24969 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24970 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24971 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24972 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24973 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24974 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24975 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24977 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24979 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24980 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24981 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24982 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24983 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24984 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24985 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24988 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24990 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24991 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24992 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24993 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24994 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24995 is to be used for sorting.
24996 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24997 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24998 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24999 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25000 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25002 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25004 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25007 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25008 starting with the letter \"f\",
25009 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25011 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25014 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25015 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25016 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25017 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25018 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25019 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25022 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25023 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25024 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25025 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25026 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25028 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25030 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25031 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25032 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25034 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25038 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19636
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25042 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25043 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25044 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25045 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25046 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25047 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25049 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25053 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25054 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25055 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19636 58496))
25056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25058 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25059 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25061 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25062 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25063 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25065 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25067 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25068 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25069 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25072 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25074 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25075 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25076 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25078 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25080 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25081 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25082 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25083 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25088 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25089 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25090 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25091 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25097 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25098 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19658 61388))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25101 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25103 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25104 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25105 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25106 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25107 supported at a time.
25108 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25109 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25113 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25114 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25115 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25116 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25122 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25123 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19636 58496))
25124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25126 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25128 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25129 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25130 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25131 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25132 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25133 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25137 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25139 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25140 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25141 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25142 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25146 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25148 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25149 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25150 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25151 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25152 for example, \"word\".
25154 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25156 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25158 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25159 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25161 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25163 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25167 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19636
25169 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25171 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25172 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25176 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25177 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25183 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25184 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25185 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25186 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19660
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25190 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25191 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25193 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25194 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25195 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25196 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25197 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25198 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25199 of the current highlighting list.
25203 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25204 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25206 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25207 `_t' as data types.
25209 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25211 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25212 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25214 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25215 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25217 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25219 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25220 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25221 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25223 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25225 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25226 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25227 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25228 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25229 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25230 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25232 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25233 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25235 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25237 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25238 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25239 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25240 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25242 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25243 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25244 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25245 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25247 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25248 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25249 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25253 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25254 Major mode to edit SQL.
25256 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25257 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25258 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25261 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25263 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25264 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25265 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25266 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25267 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25268 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25270 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25271 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25273 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25274 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25275 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25277 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25279 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25283 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25284 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25291 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25294 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25296 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25297 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25300 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25301 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25302 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25303 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25305 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25306 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25308 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313 `default-process-coding-system'.
25315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25319 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25320 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25322 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25323 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25326 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25327 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25328 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25329 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25331 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25332 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25334 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25335 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25336 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25337 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25338 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25339 `default-process-coding-system'.
25341 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25345 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25346 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25353 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25355 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25360 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25363 `default-process-coding-system'.
25365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25369 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25370 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25372 SQLite is free software.
25374 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25375 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25378 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25379 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25380 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25381 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25383 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25384 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25386 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25387 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25388 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25389 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25390 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25391 `default-process-coding-system'.
25393 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25397 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25398 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25400 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25407 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25408 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25409 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25411 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25412 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25414 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25415 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25416 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25417 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25418 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25419 `default-process-coding-system'.
25421 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25425 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25426 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25428 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25429 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25432 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25433 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25436 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25437 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25439 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25440 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25441 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25442 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25443 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25444 `default-process-coding-system'.
25446 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25450 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25451 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25453 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25454 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25457 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25458 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25460 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25474 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25475 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25482 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25483 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25484 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25501 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25508 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25509 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25510 `sql-postgres-options'.
25512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25521 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25522 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25524 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25525 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25527 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25531 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25532 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25539 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25546 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25550 `default-process-coding-system'.
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25556 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25557 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25566 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25567 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25570 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25571 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25572 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25574 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25575 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25577 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25578 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25579 `default-process-coding-system'.
25581 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25585 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25586 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25588 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25589 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25593 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25594 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25595 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25598 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25599 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25600 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25601 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25613 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25614 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
25615 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25617 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25618 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25622 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25626 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25627 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25628 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25629 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25630 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19636
25632 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25634 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25635 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25636 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25637 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25638 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25639 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25641 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25643 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25646 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25647 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25648 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25649 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25650 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25651 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25653 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25655 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25656 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25657 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25658 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25659 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25660 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25661 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25663 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25665 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25666 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25667 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25671 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25672 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25673 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25675 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25677 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25678 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25680 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25682 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25683 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25687 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25688 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25692 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25693 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25694 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25695 chronologically by command name.
25696 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25698 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25700 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25701 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25702 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25705 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25707 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25709 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25710 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25711 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25712 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25713 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25714 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25715 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25717 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25718 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25719 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25720 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25722 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25727 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25728 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25729 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25731 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25734 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25740 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25741 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19636 58496))
25742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25744 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25745 Studlify-case the region.
25747 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25750 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25752 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25754 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25755 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25761 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25762 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
25763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25765 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25766 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25767 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25768 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25769 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25770 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25771 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25772 Here are some examples:
25774 Nomenclature Subwords
25775 ===========================================================
25776 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25777 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25778 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25780 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25781 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25784 \\{subword-mode-map}
25786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25788 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25789 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25790 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25793 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25795 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25797 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25798 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25799 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25801 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25802 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25803 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25809 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25810 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
25811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25813 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25814 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25815 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25816 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25817 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25818 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25819 original message but it does require a few things:
25821 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25823 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25826 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25827 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25830 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25832 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25834 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25835 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25836 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25842 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19636
25844 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25846 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25848 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25849 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25850 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25853 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25855 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25857 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25858 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25859 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25860 otherwise turn it off.
25862 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25863 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25864 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25870 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19636 58496))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25873 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25874 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25875 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25876 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25877 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25882 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25883 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25884 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25885 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25886 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25887 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25893 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25894 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25895 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25896 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25897 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25898 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25899 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25900 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25901 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25902 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25903 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25904 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25905 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19636 58496))
25906 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25908 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25909 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25910 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25912 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25914 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25915 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25917 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25919 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25920 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25922 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25924 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25925 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25927 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25929 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25930 Insert an editable text table.
25931 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25932 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25933 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25934 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25935 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25936 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25941 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25943 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25948 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25949 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25950 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25951 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25954 +-----+-----+-----+
25956 +-----+-----+-----+
25958 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25960 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25961 width, which results as
25963 +--------------+-----+-----+
25965 +--------------+-----+-----+
25967 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25968 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25970 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25972 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25974 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25975 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25976 width information to `table-insert'.
25978 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25984 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25987 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25988 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25990 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25993 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25995 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25997 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26000 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26005 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26016 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26017 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26018 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26020 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26023 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26026 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26029 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26031 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26034 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26037 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26038 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26039 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26040 | | |expected results.-!- |
26041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26044 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26046 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26050 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26052 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26053 Insert N table row(s).
26054 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26055 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26056 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26057 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26061 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26062 Insert N table column(s).
26063 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26064 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26065 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26066 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26070 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26071 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26072 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26074 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26076 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26077 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26078 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26079 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26080 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26081 all the table specific features.
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26085 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26090 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26091 Recognize all tables within region.
26092 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26093 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26094 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26097 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26102 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26105 Recognize a table at point.
26106 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26107 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26108 the table specific features.
26110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26112 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26117 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26118 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26119 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26120 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26121 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26122 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26123 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26125 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26127 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26132 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26133 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26134 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26135 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26136 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26137 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26140 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26142 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26143 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26144 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26145 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26146 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26147 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26148 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26153 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26154 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26155 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26156 table's rectangle structure.
26158 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26160 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26161 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26162 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26163 table's rectangle structure.
26167 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26168 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26169 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26170 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26171 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26173 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26175 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26176 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26177 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26179 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26180 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26181 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26182 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26183 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26184 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26185 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26187 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26188 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26189 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26190 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26191 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26192 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26193 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26195 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26196 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26197 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26198 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26199 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26200 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26201 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26202 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26204 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26206 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26207 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26208 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26209 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26213 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26214 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26215 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26217 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26219 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26220 Split current cell vertically.
26221 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26225 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26226 Split current cell horizontally.
26227 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26231 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26232 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26233 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26235 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26238 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26239 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26240 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26242 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26244 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26245 Justify cell contents.
26246 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26247 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26248 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26249 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26251 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26253 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26254 Justify cells of a row.
26255 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26256 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26258 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26260 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26261 Justify cells of a column.
26262 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26263 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26265 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26267 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26268 Toggle fixing width mode.
26269 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26270 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26271 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26276 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26277 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26278 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26279 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26280 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26281 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26282 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26283 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26284 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26285 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26287 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26289 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26290 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26291 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26292 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26293 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26294 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26295 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26296 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26297 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26298 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26299 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26300 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26303 References used for this implementation:
26306 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26309 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26311 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26312 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26313 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26315 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26317 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26318 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26319 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26320 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26321 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26322 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26323 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26324 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26325 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26326 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26327 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26328 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26329 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26330 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26331 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26332 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26333 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26338 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26339 (table-forward-cell 15)
26340 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26341 (table-forward-cell 16)
26342 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26343 (table-forward-cell 1)
26344 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26347 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26348 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26349 (table-forward-cell 1)
26350 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26352 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26355 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26356 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26357 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26358 consists from cells of same height.
26362 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26363 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26364 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26365 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26366 column must consists from cells of same width.
26370 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26371 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26372 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26373 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26374 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26375 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26376 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26377 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26378 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26379 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26380 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26381 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26382 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26383 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26384 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26393 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26394 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26395 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26398 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26400 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26402 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26404 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26408 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26409 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26410 of each row is optional.
26415 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26416 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26417 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26418 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26419 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26421 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26422 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26424 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26425 expression and raw delimiter regular
26426 expression, it parses the specified text
26427 area and extracts cell items from
26428 non-table text and then forms a table out
26431 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26432 creates a single cell table. The text in
26433 the specified region is placed in that
26436 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26439 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26440 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26441 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26443 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26444 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26445 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26446 | area and extracts cell items from |
26447 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26450 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26451 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26452 | the specified region is placed in that |
26454 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26456 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26457 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26460 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26461 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26462 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26463 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26464 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26465 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26466 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26467 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26468 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26470 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26471 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26472 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26473 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26475 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26477 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26478 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26479 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26481 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26483 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26484 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26485 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26486 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26487 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26493 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19636 58496))
26494 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26496 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26497 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26499 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26501 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26502 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26508 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19636 58496))
26509 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26511 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26512 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26517 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26519 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26520 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26521 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26522 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26524 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26531 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19636 58496))
26533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26535 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26536 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26537 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26538 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26539 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26542 Variables controlling indentation style:
26544 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26545 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26546 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26548 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26549 documentation for details):
26550 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26551 Controls action of TAB key.
26553 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26554 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26555 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26556 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26557 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26559 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26560 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26568 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26569 Run inferior Tcl process.
26570 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26571 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26575 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26576 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26577 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26579 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26583 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19636 58496))
26584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26585 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26587 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26588 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26589 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26590 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26592 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26593 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26594 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26595 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26596 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26598 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26599 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26601 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26602 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26603 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26604 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26610 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26611 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26614 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26615 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26616 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26617 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26618 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26619 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26621 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26623 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26624 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26625 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26626 commands to use in that buffer.
26628 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26630 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26632 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26633 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26635 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26637 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26638 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26639 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26640 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26641 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26642 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26643 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26644 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26645 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26646 use in that buffer.
26647 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26649 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19636
26655 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26657 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26658 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26659 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26660 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26661 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26662 program as keyboard input.
26664 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26665 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26666 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26667 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26669 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26670 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26671 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26672 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26673 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26675 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26677 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26678 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26679 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26680 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26682 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26683 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26684 subprocess started.
26686 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26690 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26691 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26694 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26695 Start coverage on function under point.
26701 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19636 58496))
26702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26704 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26705 Play the Tetris game.
26706 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26707 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26708 as to form complete rows.
26710 tetris-mode keybindings:
26711 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26712 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26713 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26714 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26715 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26716 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26717 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26718 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26719 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26725 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26726 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26727 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26728 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26729 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26730 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26731 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26732 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
26733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26735 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26736 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26738 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26740 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26741 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26742 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26743 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26744 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26746 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26748 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26749 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26750 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26751 if it matches the first line of the file,
26752 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26754 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26756 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26757 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26758 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26759 if the variable is non-nil.")
26761 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26763 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26764 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26766 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26768 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26769 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26770 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26771 See the documentation of that variable.")
26773 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26775 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26776 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26777 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26778 See the documentation of that variable.")
26780 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26782 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26783 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26784 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26785 See the documentation of that variable.")
26787 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26789 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26790 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26791 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26792 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26793 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26795 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26797 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26798 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26799 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26800 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26802 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26804 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26805 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26806 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26808 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26810 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26811 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26812 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26813 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26815 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26817 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26818 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26819 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26820 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26822 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26824 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26825 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26826 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26827 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26829 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26830 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26833 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26834 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26836 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26839 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26841 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26842 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26843 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26844 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26845 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26847 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26849 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26851 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26852 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26853 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26858 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26859 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26860 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26861 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26863 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26865 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26866 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26870 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26871 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26875 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26876 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26877 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26878 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26879 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26880 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26881 says which mode to use.
26885 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26887 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26889 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26891 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26892 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26893 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26894 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26895 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26897 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26898 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26899 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26900 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26901 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26902 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26903 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26905 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26906 mismatched $'s or braces.
26909 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26913 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26915 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26916 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26917 tex-dvi-print-command
26918 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26919 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26920 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26921 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26922 tex-dvi-view-command
26923 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26924 tex-show-queue-command
26925 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26926 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26928 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26929 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26930 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26934 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26935 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26936 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26937 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26938 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26940 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26941 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26942 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26943 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26944 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26945 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26946 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26948 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26949 mismatched $'s or braces.
26956 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26958 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26959 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26960 tex-dvi-print-command
26961 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26962 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26963 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26964 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26965 tex-dvi-view-command
26966 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26967 tex-show-queue-command
26968 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26969 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26971 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26972 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26973 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26977 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26978 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26979 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26980 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26981 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26983 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26984 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26985 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26986 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26987 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26988 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26989 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26991 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26992 mismatched $'s or braces.
26995 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26999 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27001 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27002 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27003 tex-dvi-print-command
27004 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27005 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27006 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27007 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27008 tex-dvi-view-command
27009 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27010 tex-show-queue-command
27011 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27012 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27014 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27015 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27016 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27017 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27021 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27026 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27027 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27033 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27034 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19636 58496))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27037 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27038 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27039 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27040 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27042 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27043 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27044 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27046 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27048 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27049 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27050 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27051 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27052 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27054 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27056 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27057 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27058 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27059 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27061 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27062 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27063 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27064 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27066 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27067 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27069 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27073 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27074 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19636 58496))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27077 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27078 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27080 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27082 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27083 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27085 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27087 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27088 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27090 It has these extra commands:
27091 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27093 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27094 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27095 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27096 modified version of TeX input format.
27098 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27099 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27100 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27101 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27103 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27104 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27105 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27106 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27107 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27108 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27109 in the Texinfo file.
27111 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27112 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27113 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27114 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27115 move forward past the closing brace.
27117 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27118 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27120 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27121 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27122 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27124 Here are the functions:
27126 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27127 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27128 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27130 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27131 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27132 texinfo-master-menu
27134 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27136 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27137 which menu descriptions are indented.
27139 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27140 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27143 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27144 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27145 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27146 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27148 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27149 be the first node in the file.
27151 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27152 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27158 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27159 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27160 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27163 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27164 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27165 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27166 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27170 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27171 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27173 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27175 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27176 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27180 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27183 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27187 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27188 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27189 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19636 58496))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27192 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27193 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27195 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27197 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27198 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27199 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27200 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27201 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27203 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27204 a symbol as a valid THING.
27206 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27207 of the textual entity that was found.
27209 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27211 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27212 Return the THING at point.
27213 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27214 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27215 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27217 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27218 a symbol as a valid THING.
27220 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27222 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27223 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27227 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27228 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27232 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27233 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27237 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27238 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27245 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27246 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27249 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27250 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27254 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27255 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27256 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27257 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27259 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27261 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27262 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27266 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27267 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27271 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27273 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27274 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27280 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27281 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27282 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27283 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27284 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19636
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27288 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27289 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27290 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27294 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27295 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27297 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27299 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27300 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27301 The returned string has no composition information.
27303 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27305 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27306 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27308 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27311 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27315 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27316 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27317 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27318 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27322 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27323 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27324 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27325 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27327 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27329 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27330 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27331 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27335 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27336 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27337 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27341 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27344 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27349 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27351 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27354 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27358 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27359 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27362 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27363 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27364 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27365 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27367 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27369 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27371 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27372 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27373 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27374 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27376 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27383 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27384 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19636 58496))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27387 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27388 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27390 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27391 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27393 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27394 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27395 This display updates automatically every minute.
27396 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27397 are displayed as well.
27398 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27402 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27403 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27404 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27407 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27409 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27411 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27412 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27413 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27415 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27416 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27417 are displayed as well.
27418 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27422 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27423 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27424 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27425 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27429 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27430 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27431 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27432 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27434 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27436 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27437 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27443 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27444 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27445 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27446 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27447 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27448 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27450 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27451 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27452 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27454 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27455 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27456 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27458 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27459 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27460 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27462 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27463 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27465 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27467 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27468 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27470 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27472 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27473 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27475 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27477 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27478 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27479 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27481 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27483 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27485 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27486 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27487 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27489 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27491 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27492 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27494 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27496 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27497 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27498 DATE should be a date-time string.
27500 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27502 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27503 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27504 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27506 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27508 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27509 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27511 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27513 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27514 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27516 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27518 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27519 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27520 TIME should be a time value.
27521 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27523 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27525 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27526 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27527 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27529 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27531 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27532 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27533 The valid format specifiers are:
27534 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27535 %d is the number of days.
27536 %h is the number of hours.
27537 %m is the number of minutes.
27538 %s is the number of seconds.
27539 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27540 %% is a literal \"%\".
27542 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27543 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27545 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27546 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27547 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27549 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27550 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27551 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27553 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27555 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27559 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27560 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19636 58496))
27561 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27562 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27563 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27564 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27565 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27566 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27567 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27568 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27569 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27571 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27572 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27573 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27574 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27575 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27576 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27577 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27578 look like one of the following:
27581 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27582 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27583 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27584 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27585 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27586 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27587 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27592 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27593 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27594 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27601 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27602 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27603 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27604 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27607 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27608 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27609 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27610 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27611 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27612 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27613 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27614 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27615 display (non-nil means on).
27617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27619 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27620 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27621 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27622 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27623 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27624 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27625 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27626 this function is called within a day.
27628 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27629 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27630 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27631 discover the name of the project.
27633 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27635 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27636 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27637 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27638 begun during the last time segment.
27640 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27641 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27642 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27643 discover the reason.
27645 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27647 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27648 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27649 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27650 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27651 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27653 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27655 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27656 Change to working on a different project.
27657 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27658 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27659 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27662 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27664 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27665 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27666 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27670 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27671 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27672 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27676 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27677 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27678 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27679 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27680 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27681 \"relative to today\".
27683 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27685 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27686 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27687 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27688 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27690 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27692 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27693 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27694 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27695 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27696 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27697 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27699 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27703 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27704 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19641 1152))
27705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27707 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27708 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27709 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27710 the generated Quail package is saved.
27712 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27714 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27715 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27716 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27717 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27718 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27719 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27720 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27722 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27726 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27727 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19636 58496))
27728 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27729 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27730 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27732 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27733 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27734 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27735 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27736 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27738 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27740 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27741 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27742 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27743 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27744 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27746 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27748 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27749 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27750 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27751 in the menu in two ways:
27752 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27753 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27754 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27756 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27757 keymap or an alist of alists.
27758 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27759 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27761 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27765 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27766 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27767 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19636 58496))
27768 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27770 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27771 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27773 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27775 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27776 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27778 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27780 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27781 Insert new TODO list entry.
27782 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27787 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27788 List top priorities for each category.
27790 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27791 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27793 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27794 between each category.
27795 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27797 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27800 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27801 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27802 between each category.
27804 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27806 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27808 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27809 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27815 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27816 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27820 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27827 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27828 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27829 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19636 58496))
27830 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27832 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27833 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27834 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27840 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27841 Add an item to the tool bar.
27842 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27843 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27844 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27845 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27847 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27848 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27849 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27850 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27852 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27853 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27855 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27857 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27858 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27859 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27860 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27861 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27862 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27864 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27865 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27866 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27867 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27869 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27871 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27872 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27873 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27874 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27875 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27876 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27877 properties to add to the binding.
27879 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27881 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27882 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27884 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27886 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27887 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27888 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27889 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27890 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27891 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27892 properties to add to the binding.
27894 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27897 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27901 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27902 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27905 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27906 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27907 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27909 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27910 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27912 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27914 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27919 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27921 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27922 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27928 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27929 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
27930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27932 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27933 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27935 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27936 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27937 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27938 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27939 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27941 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27942 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27943 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27944 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27945 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27947 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27952 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27953 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27954 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27955 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27956 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27957 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27963 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19636 58496))
27964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27966 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27967 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27968 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27969 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27970 to a tcp server on another machine.
27972 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27976 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27977 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19636 58496))
27978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27980 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27981 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27983 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27985 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27986 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27987 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27988 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27989 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27990 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27991 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27992 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27994 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27996 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27997 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27998 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27999 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28000 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28001 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28002 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28003 the window or buffer configuration.
28005 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28007 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28011 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28012 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28013 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28014 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19672 43471))
28015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28017 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28018 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28019 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28021 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28023 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28024 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28026 It can have the following values:
28028 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28029 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28030 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28032 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28034 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28035 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28036 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28037 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28039 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28041 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28042 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28043 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28044 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28046 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28047 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28048 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28050 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28051 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28052 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28053 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28054 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28055 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28056 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28057 files which are not really Tramp files.
28059 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28060 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28061 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28062 updated after changing this variable.
28064 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28066 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28067 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28068 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28069 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28071 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28072 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28073 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28074 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28076 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28078 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28079 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28080 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28081 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28083 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28084 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28085 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28087 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28088 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28089 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28091 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28092 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28093 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28094 updated after changing this variable.
28096 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28098 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28099 Alist of completion handler functions.
28100 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28101 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28102 normal Emacs functions.")
28104 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28105 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28106 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28107 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28109 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28110 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28111 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28112 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28114 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28115 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28116 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28118 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28120 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28121 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28122 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28124 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28125 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28126 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28128 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28133 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28134 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28136 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28138 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28139 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28141 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28143 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28144 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28150 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28151 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28154 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19636
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28165 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28166 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28167 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28168 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28169 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28170 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28171 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28172 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28174 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28175 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28176 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28178 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28179 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28182 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28186 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28187 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28188 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28190 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28193 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28197 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28198 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19636 58496))
28199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28200 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28201 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28202 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28204 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28205 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28206 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28207 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28208 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28209 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28210 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28214 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28215 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28216 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28217 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28219 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28223 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28224 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28225 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28226 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28227 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28228 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28229 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28231 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28232 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28234 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28237 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28239 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28245 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28246 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28247 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28248 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28249 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28250 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28252 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28253 Toggle typing break mode.
28254 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28256 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28258 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28260 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28261 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28263 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28265 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28266 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28268 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28269 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28270 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28272 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28273 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28275 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28277 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28278 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28280 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28281 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28282 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28283 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28285 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28287 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28288 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28289 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28291 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28292 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28293 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28294 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28295 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28296 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28298 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28299 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28300 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28301 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28303 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28304 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28306 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28307 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28309 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28311 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28312 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28313 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28315 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28316 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28317 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28318 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28319 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28320 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28321 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28323 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28324 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28326 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28327 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28328 reset the keystroke counter.
28330 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28331 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28332 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28333 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28335 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28336 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28337 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28338 `type-break-schedule' command.
28340 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28341 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28342 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28343 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28344 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28345 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28346 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28347 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28348 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28350 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28351 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28352 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28353 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28354 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28356 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28357 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28358 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28359 approximate good values for this.
28361 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28362 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28364 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28365 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28366 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28367 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28368 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28369 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28371 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28372 a typing break occur. They include:
28374 `type-break-query-mode'
28375 `type-break-query-function'
28376 `type-break-query-interval'
28378 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28380 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28381 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28382 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28385 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28387 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28388 Take a typing break.
28390 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28391 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28393 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28394 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28398 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28399 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28400 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28401 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28405 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28406 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28408 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28409 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28410 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28411 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28412 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28413 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28414 average typing speed.)
28416 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28417 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28418 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28419 the computed maximum threshold.
28421 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28422 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28423 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28424 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28425 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28427 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28431 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19636 58496))
28432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28434 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28435 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28436 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28437 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28438 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28440 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28445 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28446 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28447 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28448 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28449 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19636 58496))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28452 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28453 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28457 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28458 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28460 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28462 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28463 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28467 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28468 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28470 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28472 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28473 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28477 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28478 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28480 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28482 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28483 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28487 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28488 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28490 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28492 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28493 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28497 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28498 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28500 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28502 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28503 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28507 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28508 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28510 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28514 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28515 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19636 58496))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28518 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28519 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28520 Works by overstriking underscores.
28521 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28522 which specify the range to operate on.
28524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28526 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28527 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28528 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28529 which specify the range to operate on.
28531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28535 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28536 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28539 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28540 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28541 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28542 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28543 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28544 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28548 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28549 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28551 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28555 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19652
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28559 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28560 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28561 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28562 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28564 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28568 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28569 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19636 58496))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28572 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28573 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28574 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28576 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28577 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28578 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28579 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28580 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28581 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28583 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28584 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28585 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28587 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28588 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28589 the callback is not called).
28591 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28592 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28593 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28596 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28598 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28599 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28600 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28601 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28602 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28608 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28609 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19636 58496))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28612 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28613 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28614 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28616 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28617 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28618 `url-generic-parse-url'
28619 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28620 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28621 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28623 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28624 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28625 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28626 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28627 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28628 what type of auth to use
28629 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28630 if one cannot be found in the cache
28632 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28634 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28635 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28637 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28638 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28639 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28640 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28641 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28642 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28643 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28644 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28646 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28650 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28651 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19636
28653 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28655 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28656 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28658 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28660 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28661 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28662 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28666 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28667 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28669 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28672 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28674 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19636 58496))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28681 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28689 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19636 58496))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28692 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28695 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28697 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28700 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28704 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19636
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28708 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28709 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28711 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28715 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28716 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19636 58496))
28717 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28719 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28720 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28724 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28725 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28726 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28727 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28728 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28730 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28734 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28735 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28736 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28739 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28740 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28741 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28743 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28744 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28746 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28748 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28749 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28753 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28754 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28755 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28756 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28758 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28760 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28761 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28762 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28763 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28764 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28765 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28766 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28767 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28768 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28769 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28771 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28773 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28774 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28775 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28778 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28780 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28783 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28788 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19636 58496))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28791 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28792 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28793 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28794 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28795 CBARGS as the arguments.
28797 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28799 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28802 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28804 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28806 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28809 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28812 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28813 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28815 Property list members:
28818 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28822 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28826 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28829 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28832 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28833 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28834 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28837 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28839 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28840 Default HTTPS port.")
28842 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28843 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28844 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28846 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28847 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28848 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28849 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28850 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28854 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19636 58496))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28857 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28864 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19636
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28868 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28869 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28870 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28871 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28872 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28874 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28878 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28879 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28882 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28885 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28887 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28888 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28890 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28895 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19636 58496))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28898 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28899 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28903 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28904 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28906 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28908 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28915 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28917 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28919 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28920 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28922 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28927 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28930 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28933 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28943 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28944 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
28945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28947 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28950 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28952 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28955 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28957 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28960 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28962 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28965 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28967 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28970 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28972 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28975 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28977 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28980 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28984 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28985 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19636 58496))
28986 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28988 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28989 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28991 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28993 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28994 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28995 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28996 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29002 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29003 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
29004 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29006 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29007 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29013 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29014 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29015 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29016 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29017 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29018 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29019 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19636 58496))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29022 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29023 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29024 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29026 If t, all messages will be logged.
29027 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29028 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29030 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29032 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29035 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29040 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29043 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29044 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29045 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29046 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29052 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29055 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29056 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29061 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29062 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29064 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29066 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29067 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29069 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29071 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29072 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29076 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29077 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29081 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29086 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29089 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29094 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29096 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29098 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29099 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29101 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29103 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29104 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29106 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29108 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29111 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29114 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29115 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29116 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29117 forbidden in URL encoding.
29119 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29122 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29123 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29124 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29125 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29126 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29128 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29131 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29132 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29133 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29135 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29137 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29138 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29139 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29141 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29143 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29144 View the current document's URL.
29145 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29148 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29150 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29154 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29155 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19636 58496))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29158 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29159 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29160 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29161 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29162 to refrain from editing the file
29163 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29164 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29165 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29166 in any way you like.
29168 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29170 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29171 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29172 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29173 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29174 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29176 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29177 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29183 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29184 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29185 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19636 58496))
29186 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29188 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29191 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29193 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29196 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29201 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29206 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29210 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29211 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29212 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29215 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29216 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29217 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29218 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29220 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29222 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29223 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29224 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29226 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29228 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29229 Uudecode region between START and END.
29230 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29232 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29237 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29238 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29239 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29240 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29241 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29242 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (19661 52732))
29243 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29245 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29246 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29249 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29251 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29252 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29253 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29255 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29257 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29258 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29261 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29263 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29264 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29265 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29267 For locking systems:
29268 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29270 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29271 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29272 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29273 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29274 it performs a revert on that file.
29275 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29276 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29277 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29278 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29279 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29280 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29281 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29283 For merging systems:
29284 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29285 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29286 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29287 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29288 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29289 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29290 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29291 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29292 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29294 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29296 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29297 Register into a version control system.
29298 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29299 Otherwise register the current file.
29300 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29301 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29303 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29304 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29305 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29306 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29307 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29308 first backend that could register the file is used.
29310 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29312 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29313 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29315 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29317 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29318 Display diffs between file revisions.
29319 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29320 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29321 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29323 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29326 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29328 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29329 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29330 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29331 fileset with the working revision.
29332 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29333 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29335 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29338 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29340 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29341 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29342 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29343 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29347 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29348 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29349 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29350 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29354 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29355 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29356 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29357 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29358 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29359 from the current branch.
29361 See Info node `Merging'.
29365 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29367 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29368 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29369 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29370 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29371 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29372 checked out in that new branch.
29374 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29377 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29378 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29379 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29380 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29381 allowed and simply skipped).
29383 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29385 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29386 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29387 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29388 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29389 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29391 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29392 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29394 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29396 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29397 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29398 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29399 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29400 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29402 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29405 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29406 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29408 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29410 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29411 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29412 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29414 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29416 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29417 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29418 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29419 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29423 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29424 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29425 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29426 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29430 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29432 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29433 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29434 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29435 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29436 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29437 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29441 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29442 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29443 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29444 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29445 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29446 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29447 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29449 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29451 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29452 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29453 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29454 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29455 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29456 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29457 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29458 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29459 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29461 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29463 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29464 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29468 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29469 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29471 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29473 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29474 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29475 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29478 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29480 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29481 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29482 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29484 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29485 log entries should be gathered.
29487 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29489 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29490 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29492 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29496 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19636
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29500 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29501 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29503 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29504 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29505 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29506 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29507 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29508 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29510 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29511 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29512 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29513 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29514 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29515 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29516 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29517 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29519 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29521 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29523 Customization variables:
29525 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29526 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29527 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29528 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29530 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19661 60124))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29536 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29537 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29540 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19661 53001))
29545 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29547 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29548 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29550 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29551 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29552 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29555 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19661 60137))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29561 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29562 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29563 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29565 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19661 53223))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29572 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29573 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29574 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29575 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29576 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29578 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29579 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29580 The file lines appear later.
29582 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29583 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29585 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29587 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29589 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29593 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29594 ;;;;;; (19661 52495))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29597 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29598 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29599 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29600 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29601 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29602 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29603 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29604 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29605 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29606 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29607 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29608 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29609 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29610 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29611 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29613 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19661 53398))
29618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29619 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29620 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29621 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29624 (vc-git-registered file))))
29628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19661 52523))
29629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29630 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29631 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29632 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29635 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19672 43471))
29640 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29642 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29644 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29645 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29646 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29649 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29653 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29654 ;;;;;; (19661 60165))
29655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29657 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29658 Where to look for RCS master files.
29659 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29661 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29663 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29667 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29668 ;;;;;; (19661 60174))
29669 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29671 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29672 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29673 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29675 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29676 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29678 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29679 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29680 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29681 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19661 60185))
29686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29687 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29688 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29689 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29692 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29693 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29694 (file-name-directory f)))
29696 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29700 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29701 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29703 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29705 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29706 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29711 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29712 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29713 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29714 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29716 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29717 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29718 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29721 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29722 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29724 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29725 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29727 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29728 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29729 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29731 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29737 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29738 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29740 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29742 Official distribution is at
29743 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29746 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29747 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29758 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29759 ;;;;;; (19672 43471))
29760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29762 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29763 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29764 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29765 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29766 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29768 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29770 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29771 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29773 Supports highlighting.
29775 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29776 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29778 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29780 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29781 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29782 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29783 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29784 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29785 on the left side of your screen.
29786 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29787 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29788 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29789 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29790 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29791 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29793 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29794 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29795 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29796 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29799 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29800 Indentation for case statements.
29801 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29802 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29804 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29805 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29806 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29807 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29808 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29809 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29810 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29811 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29812 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29814 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29818 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29819 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29820 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29821 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29822 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29823 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29824 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29825 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29826 comments in tight quarters.
29827 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29828 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29830 Variables controlling other actions:
29832 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29833 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29834 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29836 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29838 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29840 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29841 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29842 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29844 Some other functions are:
29846 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29847 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29848 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29849 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29850 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29852 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29853 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29854 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29855 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29857 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29858 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29861 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29862 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29863 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29886 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29887 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29889 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29895 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29896 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29899 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29900 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29905 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29906 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29907 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29908 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29909 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29910 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29911 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29912 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29913 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29915 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29916 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29917 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29918 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29920 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29921 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29922 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29923 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29924 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29926 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29927 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29931 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29932 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29933 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29937 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29938 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29939 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29940 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29942 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29943 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29944 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29945 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29946 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29950 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29951 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29952 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29953 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29955 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29956 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29957 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29958 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29959 beginning with \"std\").
29961 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29962 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29963 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29968 `--' puts a single comment.
29969 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29970 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29971 with a comment in between.
29972 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29973 out following lines.
29974 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29975 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29977 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29978 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29979 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29980 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29981 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29984 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29985 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29986 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29987 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29988 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29989 multi-line comments.
29993 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29994 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29995 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29996 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29998 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29999 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30000 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30001 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30003 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30004 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30007 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30008 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30012 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30013 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30014 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30015 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30016 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30017 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30018 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30019 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30021 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30022 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30023 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30024 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30025 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30028 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30029 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30030 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30032 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30033 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30037 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30038 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30039 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30040 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30041 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30042 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30045 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30046 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30047 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30048 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30051 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30055 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30056 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30057 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30058 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30059 internal signal initializations (menu).
30061 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30062 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30063 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30065 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30066 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30067 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30068 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30069 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30070 in subsequent paste operations.)
30072 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30073 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30074 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30077 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30078 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30079 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30080 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30081 association list with formals).
30084 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30085 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30086 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30087 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30088 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30089 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30090 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30091 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30096 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30100 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30104 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30105 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30106 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30108 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30109 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30112 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30113 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30114 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30115 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30117 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30118 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30119 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30121 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30122 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30123 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30124 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30126 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30127 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30128 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30129 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30130 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30132 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30133 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30134 required by secondary units.
30137 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30138 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30139 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30140 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30141 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30142 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30143 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30144 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30145 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30146 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30147 inputs to this component -> input port created
30148 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30149 outputs from this component -> output port created
30150 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30151 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30153 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30154 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30155 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30156 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30157 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30159 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30160 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30162 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30163 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30164 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30165 component instantiation is also supported (option
30166 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30168 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30169 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30170 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30171 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30172 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30173 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30174 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30175 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30176 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30177 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30178 | generating the configuration.
30180 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30181 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30182 | configurations in speedbar.
30184 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30187 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30188 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30189 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30190 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30191 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30192 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30193 information. New compilers can be added.
30195 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30196 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30199 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30200 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30201 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30202 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30203 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30205 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30208 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30209 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30210 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30212 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30213 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30214 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30215 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30216 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30217 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30218 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30221 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30222 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30223 not (yet) supported.
30224 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30225 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30226 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30230 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30231 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30232 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30233 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30234 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30235 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30236 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30237 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30239 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30240 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30241 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30242 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30243 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30244 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30245 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30246 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30247 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30248 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30249 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30253 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30254 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30255 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30256 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30257 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30258 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30259 current directory for VHDL source files.
30263 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30264 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30268 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30269 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30270 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30271 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30272 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30273 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30274 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30275 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30278 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30279 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30280 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30281 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30282 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30283 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30284 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30286 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30287 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30288 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30289 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30290 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30291 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30293 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30294 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30295 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30296 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30297 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30300 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30301 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30302 highlighted if written in lower case.
30304 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30305 highlighted using a different background color if option
30306 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30308 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30309 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30310 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30311 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30312 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30316 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30317 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30318 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30322 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30323 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30324 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30325 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30326 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30330 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30331 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30333 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30334 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30335 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30336 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30337 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30338 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30339 (used to obtain the port names).
30343 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30344 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30348 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30349 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30350 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30351 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30352 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30353 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30354 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30359 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30360 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30361 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30362 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30363 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30365 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30366 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30367 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30368 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30369 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30372 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30373 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30377 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30378 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30379 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30381 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30385 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30386 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30388 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30390 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30392 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30396 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30402 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30403 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30405 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30407 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30408 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30409 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30410 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30412 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30413 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30414 where the latest version can be found.
30420 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30421 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30422 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30425 The VHDL Mode Authors
30426 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30437 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19636 58496))
30438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30440 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30441 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30442 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30443 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30445 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30446 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30447 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30448 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30449 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30451 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30452 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30454 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30456 * Limitations and unsupported features
30457 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30459 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30460 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30463 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30464 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30465 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30466 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30467 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30468 for undoing a repeated change command.
30469 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30470 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30471 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30474 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30475 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30476 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30477 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30478 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30479 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30480 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30481 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30483 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30489 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30490 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30491 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30492 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19636 58496))
30493 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30495 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30496 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30498 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30500 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30501 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30502 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30503 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30507 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30508 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30512 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30513 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30514 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30515 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30519 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30520 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30524 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30527 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30529 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30532 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30536 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30537 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30538 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30539 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30540 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19636 58496))
30541 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30543 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30544 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30545 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30547 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30549 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30550 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30551 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30552 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30554 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30556 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30557 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30559 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30561 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30562 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30563 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30564 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30565 moving around in the buffer.
30566 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30567 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30569 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30573 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30574 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30575 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30576 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30578 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30579 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30580 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30581 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30582 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30584 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30588 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30589 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30590 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30591 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30594 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30595 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30596 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30597 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30598 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30600 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30604 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30605 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30606 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30607 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30608 moving around in the buffer.
30609 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30610 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30612 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30614 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30615 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30616 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30618 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30619 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30620 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30621 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30623 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30625 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30626 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30627 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30628 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30629 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30630 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30631 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30632 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30634 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30636 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30637 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30638 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30640 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30642 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30643 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30644 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30645 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30646 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30647 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30648 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30649 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30651 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30653 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30654 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30655 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30657 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30659 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30660 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30661 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30664 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30665 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30666 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30669 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30670 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30671 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30672 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30673 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30675 H, h, ? This message.
30676 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30677 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30678 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30679 > move to the end of buffer.
30680 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30681 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30682 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30683 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30684 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30685 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30686 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30687 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30688 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30689 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30690 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30691 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30692 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30693 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30694 Use this to view a changing file.
30695 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30696 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30697 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30699 x exchanges point and mark.
30700 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30701 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30702 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30703 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30704 ' go to position saved in character register.
30705 s do forward incremental search.
30706 r do reverse incremental search.
30707 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30708 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30709 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30710 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30711 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30712 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30713 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30714 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30715 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30716 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30717 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30718 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30719 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30720 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30721 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30722 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30723 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30725 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30726 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30727 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30728 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30729 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30730 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30731 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30732 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30733 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30735 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30739 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30740 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30741 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30742 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30743 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30744 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30745 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30746 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30747 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30749 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30751 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30752 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30753 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30754 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30755 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30756 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30757 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30759 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30760 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30761 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30762 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30763 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30765 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30766 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30768 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30769 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30770 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30771 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30773 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30775 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30777 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30779 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30780 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30786 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19636
30788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30790 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30791 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30795 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30796 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30802 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30803 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
30804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30806 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30807 Toggle Viper on/off.
30808 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30812 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30813 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30819 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30820 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
30821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30823 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30824 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30825 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30826 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30827 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30828 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30829 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30830 the beginning of the warning.")
30832 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30833 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30834 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30835 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30836 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30837 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30838 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30839 also call that function before the next warning.")
30841 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30842 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30844 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30845 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30846 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30847 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30849 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30850 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30851 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30852 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30853 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30854 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30856 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30857 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30858 Default is :warning.
30860 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30861 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30862 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30863 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30864 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30865 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30867 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30868 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30869 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30871 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30873 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30874 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30876 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30878 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30879 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30880 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30881 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30883 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30884 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30885 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30886 can be whatever you like.)
30888 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30889 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30891 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30892 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30893 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30894 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30895 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30897 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30899 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30900 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30901 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30902 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30903 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30905 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30909 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30910 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
30911 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30913 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30914 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30915 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30916 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30917 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30926 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19636 58496))
30927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30929 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30930 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30932 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30935 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30942 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30943 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
30944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30945 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30946 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30948 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30950 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30951 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30952 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30955 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30957 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30959 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30960 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30961 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30962 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30964 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30971 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30972 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30973 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30974 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19636 58496))
30975 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30977 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30978 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30980 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30981 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30982 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30984 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30985 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30989 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30990 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30992 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30993 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30994 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30996 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30997 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30998 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30999 use `whitespace-mode'.
31001 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31005 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31006 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31007 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31010 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31012 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31014 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31015 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31017 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31018 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31019 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31021 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31022 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31026 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31027 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31028 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31031 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31033 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31035 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31036 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31038 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31039 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31040 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31042 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31043 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31044 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31045 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31047 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31051 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31052 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31054 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31055 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31057 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31058 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31060 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31064 f toggle face visualization
31065 t toggle TAB visualization
31066 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31067 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31068 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31069 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31070 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31071 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31072 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31073 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31074 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31075 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31076 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31077 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31078 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31079 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31080 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31082 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31083 T toggle TAB visualization
31084 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31085 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31087 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31088 ? display brief help
31090 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31091 The valid symbols are:
31093 face toggle face visualization
31094 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31095 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31096 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31097 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31098 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31099 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31100 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31101 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31102 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31103 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31104 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31105 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31106 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31107 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31108 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31109 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31111 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31112 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31113 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31115 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31117 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31121 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31122 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31124 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31125 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31127 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31128 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31130 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31134 f toggle face visualization
31135 t toggle TAB visualization
31136 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31137 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31138 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31139 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31140 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31141 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31142 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31143 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31144 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31145 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31146 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31147 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31148 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31149 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31150 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31152 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31153 T toggle TAB visualization
31154 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31155 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31157 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31158 ? display brief help
31160 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31161 The valid symbols are:
31163 face toggle face visualization
31164 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31165 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31166 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31167 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31168 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31169 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31170 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31171 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31172 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31173 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31174 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31175 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31176 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31177 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31179 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31181 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31182 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31183 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31185 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31187 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31191 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31192 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31194 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31195 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31196 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31197 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31198 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31200 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31202 The problems cleaned up are:
31204 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31205 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31206 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31207 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31209 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31210 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31211 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31212 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31214 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31215 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31217 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31219 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31221 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31222 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31224 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31226 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31228 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31230 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31232 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31234 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31235 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31237 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31241 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31246 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31247 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31249 The problems cleaned up are:
31251 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31252 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31253 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31254 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31256 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31257 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31259 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31261 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31262 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31263 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31264 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31265 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31266 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31268 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31270 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31272 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31274 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31276 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31277 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31278 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31279 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31280 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31281 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31283 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31288 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31289 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31291 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31294 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31295 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31296 `whitespace-style' to have:
31304 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31305 whitespace problems in buffer.
31307 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31309 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31310 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31311 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31312 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31313 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31314 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31315 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31317 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31318 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31319 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31320 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31321 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31322 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31323 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31325 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31326 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31327 cleaning up these problems.
31329 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31331 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31332 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31334 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31337 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31338 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31339 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31347 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31348 whitespace problems in buffer.
31350 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31352 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31353 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31354 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31355 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31356 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31357 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31358 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31360 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31361 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31362 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31363 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31364 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31365 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31366 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31368 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31369 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31370 cleaning up these problems.
31372 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31376 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31377 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19636 58496))
31378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31380 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31381 Browse the widget under point.
31385 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31386 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31388 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31390 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31391 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31393 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31395 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31396 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31397 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31403 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31404 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19636
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31408 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31409 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31411 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31413 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31414 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31415 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31417 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31419 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31420 Create widget of TYPE.
31421 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31423 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31425 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31428 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31430 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31431 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31433 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31435 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31436 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31437 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31438 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31440 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31441 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31447 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31448 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19636
31450 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31452 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31453 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31454 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31455 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31456 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31457 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31458 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31462 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31463 Select the window above the current one.
31464 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31465 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31466 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31467 negative ARG) of the current window.
31468 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31472 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31473 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31474 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31475 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31476 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31477 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31478 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31482 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31483 Select the window below the current one.
31484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31485 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31486 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31492 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31493 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31494 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31495 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31497 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31501 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31502 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
31503 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31505 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31506 Toggle Winner mode.
31507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31508 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31510 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31512 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31513 Toggle Winner mode.
31514 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31520 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31521 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19652 24589))
31522 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31524 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31525 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31526 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31527 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31528 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31530 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31532 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31533 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31534 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31535 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31536 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31537 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31538 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31539 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31541 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31542 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31544 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31546 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31547 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31551 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31552 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31553 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31554 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31555 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31556 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31557 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31558 `woman' command for further details.
31560 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31564 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31565 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
31566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31568 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31569 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31572 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31573 are not implemented
31574 - Options for search and replace
31575 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31576 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31578 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31581 The key bindings are:
31591 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31593 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31594 C-l ws-repeat-search
31597 C-r scroll-down-line
31604 C-y kill-complete-line
31607 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31608 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31609 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31610 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31611 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31612 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31613 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31614 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31615 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31616 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31617 C-k b ws-begin-block
31618 C-k c ws-copy-block
31619 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31621 C-k h ws-show-markers
31622 C-k i ws-indent-block
31624 C-k p ws-print-block
31627 C-k s save-some-buffers
31629 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31630 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31631 C-k v ws-move-block
31632 C-k w ws-write-block
31634 C-k y ws-delete-block
31636 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31637 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31638 C-o j justify-current-line
31641 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31642 C-o r set-fill-column
31643 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31644 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31645 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31646 C-o wo other-window
31647 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31649 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31650 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31651 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31652 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31653 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31654 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31655 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31656 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31657 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31658 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31659 C-q a ws-query-replace
31660 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31661 C-q c end-of-buffer
31664 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31666 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31667 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31668 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31669 C-q w ws-last-error
31671 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31677 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19636 58496))
31678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31680 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31681 Perform an interactive search.
31682 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31683 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31684 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31685 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31687 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31690 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31692 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31696 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31697 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
31698 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31700 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31701 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31702 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31703 Returns the top node with all its children.
31704 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31705 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31707 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31709 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31710 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31711 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31712 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31713 is not well-formed XML.
31714 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31715 and returned as the first element of the list.
31716 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31718 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31722 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31723 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19636 58496))
31724 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31726 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31727 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31728 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31729 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31730 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31731 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31732 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31733 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31734 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31735 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31737 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31741 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19636
31743 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31745 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31746 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31747 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31750 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31752 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31754 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31755 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31756 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31759 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31760 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31761 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31762 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31763 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31764 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31770 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31771 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19636 58496))
31772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31774 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31775 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31780 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31786 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31787 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19636 58496))
31788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31790 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31791 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31793 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31795 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31796 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31798 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31800 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31801 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31802 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31804 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31806 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31807 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31813 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19636 58496))
31814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31816 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31817 Zone out, completely.
31823 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19672
32016 ;;;;;; 46342 903499))
32020 (provide 'loaddefs)
32021 ;; Local Variables:
32022 ;; version-control: never
32023 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32024 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32027 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here